JP2010039219A - Image display apparatus - Google Patents

Abstract

<P>PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide an image display apparatus including a combination of I×J-pieces of three-dimensional image displays, reducing lowering of quantity of light as much as possible. <P>SOLUTION: An image display apparatus includes I×J-pieces of three-dimensional image displays including a light source 10 and an optical system, wherein the optical system includes: (A) a light modulation means; (B) a Fourier transform image forming means, which Fourier-transforms the spatial frequency to generate a Fourier transform image; (C) a Fourier transform image select means, which selects a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order among the Fourier transform images; and (D) a conjugate image forming means, which forms a conjugate image of the Fourier transform images. In this image display method, the above image display apparatus is used, and a space of at least one optical path exists between an optical path of light emitted from one three-dimensional image display and an optical path of light emitted from another three-dimensional image display at a point of time when these optical paths join first. <P>COPYRIGHT: (C)2010,JPO&INPIT

Description

  The present invention relates to an image display device capable of displaying, for example, a three-dimensional image (stereoscopic image).

  Both eyes of the observer can obtain a plurality of stereoscopic images from different viewpoints by preparing a plurality of sets of parallax images or a binocular stereoscopic image technique for obtaining stereoscopic images by observing different images called parallax images. Ocular stereoscopic image technology is known, and many technologies related to these have been developed. However, in the binocular stereoscopic image technology and the multi-view stereoscopic image technology, the stereoscopic image is not located in a space intended as a stereoscopic image, but exists on a two-dimensional display surface, for example. Located at a certain position. Accordingly, convergence and adjustment, which are visual system physiological reactions in particular, do not work together, and eye strain associated therewith is a problem.

  On the other hand, in the real world, information on the surface of an object propagates to an observer's eyeball using light waves as a medium. A holography technique is known as a technique for artificially reproducing a light wave from an object surface that physically exists in the real world. A stereoscopic image using the holography technique uses an interference fringe generated based on light interference, and uses a diffraction wavefront itself generated when the interference fringe is illuminated with light as an image information medium. Therefore, visual system physiological reactions such as convergence and adjustment similar to those when the observer observes an object in the real world occur, and an image with less eye strain can be obtained. Furthermore, the fact that the light wavefront from the object is reproduced means that continuity is ensured in the direction in which image information is transmitted. Therefore, even if the observer's viewpoint moves, it is possible to continuously present appropriate images from different angles according to the movement, and motion parallax can be continuously provided.

  However, in the holography technology, three-dimensional space information of an object is recorded as interference fringes in a two-dimensional space, and the amount of information is extremely large compared to the amount of information in a two-dimensional space such as a photograph of the same object taken. Amount. This is because it can be considered that when the three-dimensional space information is converted into the two-dimensional space information, the information is converted into the density in the two-dimensional space. Therefore, the spatial resolution required for a display device that displays interference fringes by CGH (Computer Generated Hologram) is extremely high, and an enormous amount of information is required. Realizing a stereoscopic image based on a real-time hologram At present, it is technically difficult.

  In the holography technology, light waves that can be regarded as continuous information are used as an information medium to transmit information from an object. On the other hand, as a technique for generating a stereoscopic image by discretizing light waves and recreating a situation that is theoretically equivalent to a field consisting of light waves in the real world with light rays, the light ray reproduction method (also called the integral photography method) )It has been known. In the light beam reproduction method, a light beam group composed of a large number of light beams propagating in many directions is scattered in the space in advance by optical means. Next, a light ray propagating from the surface of a virtual object located at an arbitrary position is selected from the group of light rays, and the intensity or phase of the selected light ray is modulated, so that an image composed of the light rays is converted into a space. Generate. An observer can observe this image as a stereoscopic image. A stereoscopic image obtained by the ray reconstruction method is an image in which images from a plurality of directions are multiplexed at an arbitrary point, and the viewing position of an arbitrary point is the same as when a three-dimensional object is viewed in the real world. The way it looks is different.

  As a device for realizing the above-described light beam reproduction method, a device combining a flat display device such as a liquid crystal display device or a plasma display device with a microlens array or a pinhole array has been proposed (for example, the following). (See Patent Literature 1 to Patent Literature 7). An apparatus in which a large number of projector units are arranged is also conceivable. FIG. 63 shows an example of the configuration of a projector assembly apparatus that is a three-dimensional image display apparatus that realizes the light beam reproduction method using a projector unit. In this projector assembly apparatus, a large number of projector units 701 are arranged in parallel in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction, and light beams having different angles are emitted from each projector unit 701. As a result, a multi-view angle image is multiplexed and reproduced at an arbitrary point in a certain cross section 702 to realize a stereoscopic image.

JP 2003-173128 A Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-161912 JP 2003-295114 A JP 2003-75771 A JP 2002-72135 A JP 2001-56450 A Japanese Patent No. 3523605

  According to the above-described light ray reproduction method, an image is obtained with light rays that are effective for focus adjustment as a visual function and binocular convergence angle adjustment, which is impossible with binocular stereoscopic image technology and multi-view stereoscopic images. Therefore, it is possible to provide a stereoscopic image with very little eye strain. In addition, since light rays are continuously emitted in a plurality of directions from the same element on the virtual object, it is possible to continuously provide a change in the image accompanying the movement of the viewpoint position.

  However, an image generated by the current light beam reproduction method lacks a sense of reality compared to an object in the real world. This is because the stereoscopic image by the current light beam reproduction method is generated by a very small amount of information, that is, a small amount of light with respect to the amount of information obtained by the observer from the object in the real world. Conceivable. In general, it is said that the human visual perception limit is about 1 minute in angular resolution, and a three-dimensional image by the current light beam reproduction method is generated by light rays that are insufficient for human vision. Therefore, in order to generate a stereoscopic image having high realism and reality of an object in the real world, it is a problem to generate an image with at least a large amount of light.

In the current three-dimensional image display device, there is a strong demand for further increasing the size of a stereoscopic image to be reproduced. In order to cope with such a request, it is necessary to provide an image display device in which a large number of three-dimensional image display devices are combined (arranged). In other words, the finally obtained image is divided into I × J images, and the three-dimensional image display device corresponding to each of the divided images (this is called “divided image unit” for convenience). It is necessary to have a configuration to be arranged (a configuration in which a total of I × J three-dimensional image display devices are arranged). Here, the light beams emitted from the three-dimensional image display device are reflected by, for example, a half mirror, and are collected so that one three-dimensional image finally divided into I × J is obtained. For example, as shown in a schematic diagram in FIG. 62, light beams emitted from six three-dimensional image display devices are reflected by five half mirrors 891, and finally one three-dimensional image divided into I × J. It is put together so that an image can be obtained. Reference numeral 892 denotes a total reflection mirror. The light beam emitted from one three-dimensional image display device passes through the three half mirrors 891 at the maximum, so that the light amount is reduced to (1/2 ³ ). Further, in the configuration in which I × J three-dimensional image display devices are arranged, if there is a gap in the image portion straddling between the adjacent divided image units, the quality of the display image is deteriorated. To do.

  In addition, if there is variation in brightness (luminance) between divided image units obtained from I × J three-dimensional image display devices, the quality of the display image is degraded.

  Accordingly, a first object of the present invention is to provide an image display device capable of reducing the amount of light as much as possible in an image display device in which I × J three-dimensional image display devices are combined. . A second object of the present invention is to provide an image display device capable of reducing variations in brightness (brightness) between divided image units obtained from I × J three-dimensional image display devices. is there.

In order to achieve the first and second objects, the image display device according to the first and second aspects of the present invention includes a light source and an optical system.
The optical system is
(A) It has a plurality of pixels, the light from the light source is modulated by each pixel to generate a two-dimensional image, and the spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image corresponds to the plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel Light modulating means for emitting along the diffraction angle,
(B) Fourier transform image forming means for generating a Fourier transform image of a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders by Fourier transforming the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means;
(C) Fourier transform image selection means for selecting a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order among Fourier transform images generated in a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders, and
(D) conjugate image forming means for forming a conjugate image of the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selection means;
Is an image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2). The three-dimensional image display device in the image display device according to the first aspect of the present invention is referred to as the three-dimensional image display device in the first aspect of the present invention.

In order to achieve the first and second objects described above, the image display device according to the second A aspect and the second B aspect of the present invention includes a light source and an optical system.
The optical system is
(A) P × Q apertures (where P and Q are arbitrary positive integers) arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions, and the passage and reflection of light from the light source Alternatively, a two-dimensional image is generated by controlling diffraction for each aperture, and based on the two-dimensional image, M sets (m-th to m′-th) from the m-th order along the X direction for each aperture. Where m and m ′ are integers, M is a positive integer), and N sets from the nth order to the n′th order along the Y direction (where n and n ′ are integers, N is A two-dimensional image forming apparatus that generates a total of M × N sets of diffracted light.
(B) a first lens in which a two-dimensional image forming apparatus is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) A spatial filter that is arranged on the rear focal plane of the first lens and has a total of M × N opening / closing controllable openings, M in the X direction and N in the Y direction. ,
(D) a second lens having a spatial filter disposed on its front focal plane, and
(E) a third lens whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the second lens;
Is an image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2). The three-dimensional image display device in the image display device according to the second aspect of the present invention is referred to as the three-dimensional image display device in the second aspect of the present invention.

The image display apparatus according to the third and third aspects of the present invention for achieving the first and second objects described above includes a light source and an optical system.
The optical system is
(A) A one-dimensional spatial light modulator that has P pixels along the X direction and generates a one-dimensional image; two-dimensionally expands the one-dimensional image generated by the one-dimensional spatial light modulator; A scanning optical system for generating a two-dimensional image; and M sets from the m-th order to the m′-th order (where m and m ′ are integers) arranged on the generation surface of the two-dimensional image; , M is a positive integer) a two-dimensional image forming apparatus comprising diffracted light generating means for generating diffracted light,
(B) a first lens in which diffracted light generating means is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) Arranged on the rear focal plane of the first lens, M × N in the X direction and N in the Y direction (where N is a positive integer). A spatial filter having a controllable opening,
(D) a second lens having a spatial filter disposed on its front focal plane, and
(E) a third lens whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the second lens;
Is an image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2). The three-dimensional image display device in the image display device according to the third aspect of the present invention is referred to as the three-dimensional image display device in the third aspect of the present invention.

The image display device according to the fourth and fourth aspects of the present invention for achieving the first and second objects described above includes a light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) It has a plurality of pixels, the light from the light source is modulated by each pixel to generate a two-dimensional image, and the spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image corresponds to the plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel Light modulating means for emitting along the diffraction angle,
(B) Fourier transform the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means to generate a number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the pixels, An image limiting / generating unit that selects only a predetermined Fourier transform image, and further performs inverse Fourier transform on the selected Fourier transform image to form a conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation unit,
(C) an oversampling filter having a plurality of aperture regions and emitting spatial frequencies in a conjugate image of a two-dimensional image along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the respective aperture regions;
(D) Fourier transform image formation in which the spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image emitted from the oversampling filter is Fourier transformed to generate a number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the aperture regions. means,
(E) Fourier transform image selection means for selecting a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order among Fourier transform images generated in a number corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each aperture region; and
(F) conjugate image forming means for forming a conjugate image of the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selection means;
Is an image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2). The three-dimensional image display device in the image display device according to the fourth aspect of the present invention is referred to as the three-dimensional image display device in the fourth aspect of the present invention.

The image display device according to the fifth and fifth aspects of the present invention for achieving the first and second objects described above includes a light source and an optical system.
The optical system is
(A) It has openings arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions, and generates a two-dimensional image by controlling the passage, reflection, or diffraction of light from the light source for each opening, A two-dimensional image forming apparatus that generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each aperture based on the two-dimensional image;
(B) a first lens in which a two-dimensional image forming apparatus is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) a scattering diffraction limiting aperture that is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens and allows only diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order to pass;
(D) a second lens in which a scattering diffraction limiting aperture is disposed on the front focal plane;
(E) P _OSF × Q _OSF arranged on the rear focal plane of the second lens and arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions (where P _OSF and Q _OSF are arbitrary positive numbers) Of M) from the m-th order to the m′-th order along the X direction based on the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the second lens. (Where m and m ′ are integers, M is a positive integer), and N sets from the nth order to the n′th order along the Y direction (where n and n ′ are integers, N Is a positive integer), a sum, an oversampling filter that generates M × N sets of diffracted light,
(F) a third lens having an oversampling filter disposed on its front focal plane;
(G) A spatial filter that is arranged on the rear focal plane of the third lens and has a total of M × N opening / closing controllable openings, M in the X direction and N in the Y direction. ,
(H) a fourth lens having a spatial filter disposed on its front focal plane, and
(I) a fifth lens whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the fourth lens;
Is an image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2). The three-dimensional image display device in the image display device according to the fifth aspect of the present invention is referred to as the three-dimensional image display device in the fifth aspect of the present invention.

The image display apparatus according to the sixth and sixth aspects of the present invention for achieving the first and second objects described above includes a light source and an optical system.
The optical system is
(A) a one-dimensional spatial light modulator that generates a one-dimensional image; a scanning optical system that generates a two-dimensional image by two-dimensionally developing the one-dimensional image generated by the one-dimensional spatial light modulator; A two-dimensional image forming apparatus comprising a diffracted light generating means that is arranged on a generation surface of a dimensional image and generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each pixel;
(B) a first lens in which diffracted light generating means is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) a scattering diffraction limiting aperture that is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens and allows only diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order to pass;
(D) a second lens in which a scattering diffraction limiting aperture is disposed on the front focal plane;
(E) P _OSF × Q _OSF arranged on the rear focal plane of the second lens and arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions (where P _OSF and Q _OSF are arbitrary positive numbers) Of M) from the m-th order to the m′-th order along the X direction based on the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the second lens. (Where m and m ′ are integers, M is a positive integer), and N sets from the nth order to the n′th order along the Y direction (where n and n ′ are integers, N Is a positive integer), a sum, an oversampling filter that generates M × N sets of diffracted light,
(F) a third lens having an oversampling filter disposed on its front focal plane;
(G) A spatial filter that is arranged on the rear focal plane of the third lens and has a total of M × N opening / closing controllable openings, M in the X direction and N in the Y direction. ,
(H) a fourth lens having a spatial filter disposed on its front focal plane, and
(I) a fifth lens whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the fourth lens;
Is an image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2). The three-dimensional image display device in the image display device according to the sixth aspect of the present invention is referred to as the three-dimensional image display device in the sixth aspect of the present invention.

The image display apparatus according to the seventh and seventh aspects of the present invention for achieving the above first and second objects includes a light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) a two-dimensional image forming apparatus having a plurality of pixels and generating a two-dimensional image based on light from a light source;
(B) An optical element having an optical power for refracting incident light and condensing it at approximately one point is arranged in a two-dimensional matrix, and has a function as a phase grating that modulates the phase of transmitted light; An optical device that emits spatial frequencies in an incident two-dimensional image along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders;
(C) Fourier transform image forming means for generating a Fourier transform image having a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders by Fourier transforming a spatial frequency in a two-dimensional image emitted from the optical device;
(D) Fourier transform image selection means for selecting a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order among Fourier transform images generated in a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders, and
(E) conjugate image forming means for forming a conjugate image of the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selection means;
Is an image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2). The three-dimensional image display device in the image display device according to the seventh aspect of the present invention is referred to as the three-dimensional image display device in the seventh aspect of the present invention.

The image display device according to the 8A aspect and the 8B aspect of the present invention for achieving the first object and the second object includes a light source and an optical system.
The optical system is
(A) a two-dimensional image forming apparatus having a plurality of pixels and generating a two-dimensional image based on light from a light source;
(B) P _OD × Q _OD optical elements having an optical power that refracts incident light and collects it at approximately one point in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions (however, P _OD and Q _OD is an arbitrary positive integer) array and has a function as a phase grating that modulates the phase of transmitted light. A spatial frequency in an incident two-dimensional image is expressed by a plurality of diffraction orders (total number M × N). An optical device that emits light along a diffraction angle corresponding to
(C) a first lens in which the focal point of the optical element constituting the optical device is located on the front focal plane;
(D) A spatial filter that is arranged on the rear focal plane of the first lens and has a total of M × N open / close controllable openings, M in the X direction and N in the Y direction. ,
(E) a second lens having a spatial filter disposed on its front focal plane, and
(F) a third lens whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the second lens;
Is an image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2). The three-dimensional image display device in the image display device according to the eighth aspect of the present invention is referred to as the three-dimensional image display device in the eighth aspect of the present invention.

In order to achieve the above first and second objects, the image display device according to the ninth and ninth aspects of the present invention includes a light source and an optical system.
The optical system is
(A) It has a plurality of pixels, the light from the light source is modulated by each pixel to generate a two-dimensional image, and the spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image corresponds to the plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel Light modulating means for emitting along the diffraction angle,
(B) Fourier transform the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means to generate a number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the pixels, An image limiting / generating unit that selects only a predetermined Fourier transform image, and further performs inverse Fourier transform on the selected Fourier transform image to form a conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation unit,
(C) a light beam traveling direction changing unit that changes (changes) the traveling direction of the light beam emitted from the image limiting / generating unit; and
(D) Imaging means for forming an image of the light beam emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing means;
Is an image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2). The three-dimensional image display device in the image display device according to the ninth aspect of the present invention is referred to as the three-dimensional image display device in the ninth aspect of the present invention.

The image display apparatus according to the 10A aspect and 10B aspect of the present invention for achieving the first object and the second object includes a light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) It has openings arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions, and generates a two-dimensional image by controlling the passage, reflection, or diffraction of light from the light source for each opening, A two-dimensional image forming apparatus that generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each aperture based on the two-dimensional image;
(B) a first lens in which a two-dimensional image forming apparatus is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) a scattering diffraction limiting aperture that is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens and allows only diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order to pass;
(D) a second lens in which a scattering diffraction limiting aperture is disposed on the front focal plane;
(E) a light beam traveling direction changing unit that is disposed behind the second lens and changes (changes) the traveling direction of the light emitted from the second lens; and
(F) a third lens that forms an image of the light beam emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing means;
Is an image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2). The three-dimensional image display device in the image display device according to the tenth aspect of the present invention is referred to as the three-dimensional image display device in the tenth aspect of the present invention.

The image display apparatus according to the 11A aspect and 11B aspect of the present invention for achieving the first object and the second object includes a light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) a one-dimensional spatial light modulator that generates a one-dimensional image; a scanning optical system that generates a two-dimensional image by two-dimensionally developing the one-dimensional image generated by the one-dimensional spatial light modulator; A two-dimensional image forming apparatus comprising a diffracted light generating means that is arranged on a generation surface of a dimensional image and generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each pixel;
(B) a first lens in which diffracted light generating means is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) a scattering diffraction limiting aperture that is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens and allows only diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order to pass;
(D) a second lens in which a scattering diffraction limiting aperture is disposed on the front focal plane;
(E) a light beam traveling direction changing unit that is disposed behind the second lens and changes (changes) the traveling direction of the light emitted from the second lens; and
(F) a third lens that forms an image of the light beam emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing means;
Is an image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2). The three-dimensional image display device in the image display device according to the eleventh aspect of the present invention is referred to as the three-dimensional image display device in the eleventh aspect of the present invention.

In order to achieve the first and second objects, the image display device according to the twelfth aspect and the twelfth aspect of the present invention emits light from a plurality of discrete light emission positions. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) A plurality of pixels, which are sequentially emitted from different light emission positions of the light source, modulate light with different incident directions by each pixel to generate a two-dimensional image, and a spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image A light modulating means for emitting light along a diffraction angle corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel, and
(B) A Fourier transform image in which the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means is Fourier transformed to generate a Fourier transform image of a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders, and the Fourier transform image is formed. Forming means,
Is an image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2). The three-dimensional image display device in the image display device according to the twelfth aspect of the present invention is referred to as the three-dimensional image display device in the twelfth aspect of the present invention.

In order to achieve the above first and second objects, the image display device according to the thirteenth aspect and the thirteenth aspect of the present invention emits light from a plurality of discrete light emission positions. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) It has openings arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions, and is sequentially emitted from different light emission positions of the light source, and controls the passage or reflection of light having different incident directions for each opening. A two-dimensional image forming apparatus that generates a two-dimensional image and generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each aperture based on the two-dimensional image,
(B) a first lens in which a two-dimensional image forming apparatus is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) a second lens whose front focal plane is located on the rear focal plane of the first lens; and
(D) a third lens whose front focal plane is located on the rear focal plane of the second lens;
Is an image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2). The three-dimensional image display device in the image display device according to the thirteenth aspect of the present invention is referred to as the three-dimensional image display device in the thirteenth aspect of the present invention.

  And the 1A aspect, 2A aspect, 3A aspect, 4A aspect, 5A aspect, 6A aspect, 7A aspect, 8A aspect, 9A aspect of the present invention, Image display apparatuses according to the 10A aspect, 11A aspect, 12A aspect, and 13A aspect (hereinafter, these image display apparatuses may be collectively referred to as “image display apparatus having the Ath configuration” for convenience). In order to achieve the first object, the optical path of the light emitted from one three-dimensional image display device and the optical path of the light emitted from the other three-dimensional image display device In between, there is an interval of at least one optical path when these optical paths are first merged.

Specifically, when one three-dimensional image display device is (i, j) th (where 1 ≦ i ≦ I, 1 ≦ j ≦ J), the (i, j) th three-dimensional image is displayed. The optical path of the light emitted from the display device is the (i−1, j) th three-dimensional image display device, the (i + 1, j) th three-dimensional image display device, and the (i, j−1) th. The three-dimensional image display device, the optical path of the light emitted from the (i, j + 1) -th three-dimensional image display device, does not first merge. That is, when one three-dimensional image display device is the (i, j) th three-dimensional image display device, the other three-dimensional image display device is the (i-1, j) th three-dimensional image. Display device, (i + 1, j) th three-dimensional image display device, (i, j−1) th three dimensional image display device, three dimensional other than (i, j + 1) th three dimensional image display device An image display device. In other words, when one 3D image display device is the (i, j) th 3D image display device, the other 3D image display device is the (i ′, j) th 3D image display device. An image display device, an (i, j ′) th three-dimensional image display device, and an (i ″, j ″) th three-dimensional image display device. However,
i ′ ≦ (i−2) or i ′ ≧ (i−2)
And
j ′ ≦ (j−2) or j ′ ≧ (j−2)
And
i ″ ≦ (i−1) and j ″ ≦ (j−1), or
i ″ ≦ (i + 1) and j ″ ≦ (j−1), or
i ″ ≦ (i−1) and j ″ ≦ (j + 1), or
i ″ ≦ (i + 1) and j ″ ≦ (j + 1), or
It is.

  In the image display device having the A configuration, the I × J three-dimensional image display devices are divided into a plurality of groups and emitted from one three-dimensional image display device belonging to one group. There is at least one optical path interval between the optical path of the light and the optical path of the light emitted from another three-dimensional image display device belonging to the one group when these optical paths are first merged. Preferably, the optical path of light emitted from a three-dimensional image display device belonging to one group and the optical path of light emitted from a three-dimensional image display device belonging to another group are: It is desirable that the number of optical path coupling means is (NG-1) when the number of groups of the three-dimensional image display device is NG. Here, examples of the optical path coupling means include a semi-transmissive mirror (half mirror), a prism, and a polarization beam splitter.

  Also, the 1B aspect, 2B aspect, 3B aspect, 4B aspect, 5B aspect, 6B aspect, 7B aspect, 8B aspect, 9B aspect of the present invention, Image display apparatuses according to the 10B aspect, 11B aspect, 12B aspect, and 13B aspect (hereinafter, these image display apparatuses may be collectively referred to as “image display apparatus of B configuration” for convenience). In order to achieve the second object described above, the light detection means for measuring the light intensity of the light emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is provided at the pupil position of the image observer. It is arranged at the corresponding position.

  In the image display device having the B configuration, a semi-transmission mirror (half mirror) is used to extract a part of the light beam emitted from the optical system of the I × J three-dimensional image display device and guide it to the light detection means. Or a polarizing beam splitter. Examples of the light detection means include a photodiode, a CCD, a CMOS sensor, a camera equipped with a CCD element and a CMOS sensor. The light intensity (brightness) of the light beam extracted from the transflective mirror or the polarization beam splitter is detected by the light detection means. For example, the detection is performed once at the start of the operation of the image display device. This is preferably performed once when the switch is turned on. It is preferable to control the light emission state of the light source based on the measurement result of the light intensity in the light detection unit, or to control the operation state of the light modulation unit or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus.

  Transflective mirrors are transparent or translucent plate-like, sheet-like, or film-like substrates that emit light from the optical system, dielectric multilayer films, dielectric highly reflective films, cut filters, dichroic filters, metal thin films, etc. Or by forming a dielectric multilayer film, a dielectric highly reflective film, a cut filter, a dichroic filter, a metal thin film, or the like on the substrate. Examples of the base material include a glass substrate, a plastic substrate, a plastic sheet, and a plastic film. Examples of the plastic material constituting the plastic film include polyethersulfone (PES) film, polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) film, polyimide (PI) film, polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film, plastic substrate and plastic Examples of the plastic material constituting the sheet include polymethyl methacrylate resin (PMMA), polycarbonate resin (PC), polyarylate resin (PAR), polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), acrylic resin, and ABS resin. Furthermore, examples of the base material include those in which the above-mentioned various films are bonded to a glass substrate, and those in which a polyimide resin layer, an acrylic resin layer, a polystyrene resin layer, and a silicone rubber layer are formed on the glass substrate. .

  A polarizing beam splitter (also referred to as a polarizing film) can be obtained by forming a dielectric multilayer film, a dielectric high reflection film, or a cut filter on the above-described substrate. In the polarization beam splitter, the refractive index and the incident angle of the film and the base material are generally set so that the incident angle to the interface matches the Brewster angle in the multilayer film. .

  In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the first aspect of the present invention, the conjugate image forming unit is configured to generate 2 2 generated by the light modulation unit by performing inverse Fourier transform on the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selection unit. It is preferable that an inverse Fourier transform unit for forming a real image of a three-dimensional image is included.

  In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the first aspect of the present invention including the above-described preferred configuration, the light modulation means is composed of a two-dimensional spatial light modulator having a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally, and each pixel has an opening. In this case, the two-dimensional spatial light modulator may be a liquid crystal display device (more specifically, a transmissive or reflective liquid crystal display device), or a two-dimensional spatial light modulator. It is preferable to adopt a configuration in which movable mirrors are provided in each opening of the container (a configuration composed of a two-dimensional type MEMS in which the movable mirrors are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix). Here, the planar shape of the opening is preferably rectangular. When the planar shape of the opening is rectangular, Fraunhofer diffraction occurs, and M × N sets of diffracted light are generated as described later. That is, such an aperture forms an amplitude grating that periodically modulates the amplitude (intensity) of the incident light wave and obtains a light amount distribution that matches the light transmittance distribution of the grating.

Alternatively, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the first aspect of the present invention including the above preferred configuration and form, the light modulation means
(A-1) a one-dimensional spatial light modulator that generates a one-dimensional image;
(A-2) a scanning optical system that two-dimensionally develops a one-dimensional image generated by a one-dimensional spatial light modulator and generates a two-dimensional image; and
(A-3) a grating filter that is arranged on a generation surface of a two-dimensional image and emits spatial frequencies in the generated two-dimensional image along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders;
It can be set as the form which consists of. The grating filter may be composed of an amplitude grating, or may be composed of a phase grating that modulates the phase while modulating the phase of the amount of transmitted light, that is, the amplitude (intensity) of light is unchanged. .

  Furthermore, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the first aspect of the present invention including the above-described preferred configuration and configuration, the Fourier transform image forming means is formed of a lens, and the light modulation means is disposed on the front focal plane of the lens. In addition, a Fourier transform image selection means can be arranged on the rear focal plane of this lens.

  Further, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the first aspect of the present invention including the preferable configuration and form described above, the Fourier transform image selection means has a number of opening controllable openings corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders. In this case, the Fourier transform image selection means can be formed of a liquid crystal display device (more specifically, a transmissive or reflective liquid crystal display device), and is movable. It is also possible to adopt a form composed of a two-dimensional type MEMS in which mirrors are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. The Fourier transform image selection means is configured to select a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order by opening a desired opening in synchronization with the generation timing of a two-dimensional image by the light modulation means. It can be.

  Furthermore, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the first aspect of the present invention including the above-described preferred configuration and form, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image is an image in which the spatial frequency of the pixel structure is the carrier frequency (carrier frequency). It can be set as the structure corresponded to information.

  In the three-dimensional image display device according to the second aspect of the present invention, the two-dimensional image forming device is a liquid crystal display device (more specifically, transmissive type or Each pixel can be provided with an opening, or each aperture in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus is provided with a movable mirror (movable mirror). Are preferably composed of a two-dimensional MEMS arranged in each of the openings arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. Here, the planar shape of the opening is preferably rectangular. When the planar shape of the opening is rectangular, Fraunhofer diffraction occurs, and M × N sets of diffracted light are generated. That is, an amplitude grating is formed by the openings.

  In the three-dimensional image display device according to the second aspect of the present invention including the above preferred configuration and form, the spatial filter is a liquid crystal display device having M × N pixels (more specifically, a transmission type or a reflection type). Liquid crystal display device) or a two-dimensional MEMS in which movable mirrors are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. In addition, the spatial filter can be configured to open a desired opening in synchronization with the generation timing of the two-dimensional image by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus.

  In the three-dimensional image display device according to the third aspect of the present invention, the one-dimensional spatial light modulator may be configured to generate a one-dimensional image by diffracting light from the light source.

  In the three-dimensional image display device according to the third aspect of the present invention including the above preferable configuration, the spatial filter is a liquid crystal display device having M × N pixels (more specifically, a transmissive or reflective liquid crystal A display device), or a two-dimensional MEMS in which movable mirrors are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. In addition, the spatial filter can be configured to open a desired opening in synchronization with the generation timing of the two-dimensional image.

  Furthermore, in the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the third aspect of the present invention including the above-described preferred configuration and form, a member (anisotropy) further causing anisotropic light diffusion is provided behind the third lens. An diffusive diffusion filter, an anisotropic diffusion sheet, or an anisotropic diffusion film) may be provided.

  In the three-dimensional image display device according to the fourth aspect of the present invention, the conjugate image forming means is generated by the image limiting / generating means by performing inverse Fourier transform on the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selecting means. It is preferable that an inverse Fourier transform unit that forms a real image of a conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is included.

In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the fourth aspect of the present invention including the above-described preferred configuration, the light modulation means includes a two-dimensional spatial light modulator having a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally. In this case, the two-dimensional spatial light modulator may be a liquid crystal display device (more specifically, a transmissive or reflective liquid crystal display device), or two-dimensional spatial light. It is preferable to adopt a configuration in which a movable mirror is provided in each opening of the modulator (a configuration composed of a two-dimensional MEMS in which the movable mirrors are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix). Here, the planar shape of the opening is preferably rectangular. When the planar shape of the opening is rectangular, Fraunhofer diffraction occurs, and M ₀ × N ₀ sets of diffracted light are generated. That is, such an aperture forms an amplitude grating that periodically modulates the amplitude (intensity) of the incident light wave and obtains a light amount distribution that matches the light transmittance distribution of the grating.

Alternatively, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the fourth aspect of the present invention including the above-described preferred configuration and form, the light modulation means
(A-1) a one-dimensional spatial light modulator that generates a one-dimensional image;
(A-2) a scanning optical system that two-dimensionally develops a one-dimensional image generated by a one-dimensional spatial light modulator and generates a two-dimensional image; and
(A-3) a grating filter that is arranged on a generation surface of a two-dimensional image and emits spatial frequencies in the generated two-dimensional image along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders;
It can be set as the form which consists of. The grating filter may be composed of an amplitude grating, or may be composed of a phase grating that modulates the phase while modulating the phase of the amount of transmitted light, that is, the amplitude (intensity) of light is unchanged. .

Furthermore, in the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the fourth aspect of the present invention including the preferred configuration and configuration described above, the image restriction / generation unit includes:
(B-1) two lenses, and
(B-2) a scattering diffraction limiting aperture disposed between the two lenses and allowing only the predetermined Fourier transform image to pass through;
It can be set as the form comprised from.

  Further, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the fourth aspect of the present invention including the preferred configuration and form described above, the oversampling filter is a diffracted light generating member, more specifically, for example, a form comprising a grating filter. can do. Note that the grating filter may be composed of an amplitude grating or a phase grating.

  Furthermore, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the fourth aspect of the present invention including the above-described preferred configuration and form, the Fourier transform image forming means is composed of a lens, and an oversampling filter is disposed on the front focal plane of this lens. In addition, a Fourier transform image selection means can be arranged on the rear focal plane of this lens.

  Further, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the fourth aspect of the present invention including the preferred configuration and form described above, the Fourier transform image selecting means can open and close a number corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each aperture region. In this case, the Fourier transform image selection means may be formed of a liquid crystal display device (more specifically, a transmissive or reflective liquid crystal display device). It is also possible to adopt a form of a two-dimensional type MEMS in which movable mirrors are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. The Fourier transform image selection means is configured to select a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order by opening a desired opening in synchronization with the generation timing of a two-dimensional image by the light modulation means. It can be.

  Furthermore, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the fourth aspect of the present invention including the above-described preferred configuration and form, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image corresponds to image information using the spatial frequency of the pixel structure as the carrier frequency. Furthermore, the spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image may be a spatial frequency obtained by removing the spatial frequency of the pixel structure from the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image. That is, it is obtained as first-order diffraction using the 0th-order diffraction of the plane wave component as the carrier frequency, and the spatial frequency less than half the spatial frequency of the pixel structure (aperture structure) of the light modulation means is the image limiting / generating means. Or alternatively passes through a scattering diffraction limiting aperture. All the spatial frequencies displayed on the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus described later are transmitted.

In the three-dimensional image display device according to the fifth aspect of the present invention, the two-dimensional image forming device is a liquid crystal display device (more specifically, a transmissive type or a two-dimensional image display device having P × Q pixels arrayed two-dimensionally. Each pixel is provided with an opening, and can be configured to satisfy P _OSF > P, Q _OSF > Q, or a two-dimensional image forming apparatus includes: P × Q openings are provided, and each opening is provided with a movable mirror (a configuration comprising a two-dimensional MEMS in which movable mirrors are arranged in respective openings arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. ), P _OSF > P, Q _OSF > Q. The planar shape of the opening is preferably rectangular. When the planar shape of the opening is rectangular, Fraunhofer diffraction occurs, and M ₀ × N ₀ sets of diffracted light are generated. That is, an amplitude grating is formed by the openings. Further, the oversampling filter can be formed of a diffracted light generating member, more specifically, for example, a grating filter. Note that the grating filter may be composed of an amplitude grating or a phase grating.

  In the three-dimensional image display device according to the fifth aspect of the present invention including the above preferable configuration and form, the spatial filter is a liquid crystal display device having M × N pixels (more specifically, a transmissive type or a reflective type). Liquid crystal display device) or a two-dimensional MEMS in which movable mirrors are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. In addition, the spatial filter can be configured to open a desired opening in synchronization with the generation timing of the two-dimensional image by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus.

In the three-dimensional image display device according to the sixth aspect of the present invention, the one-dimensional spatial light modulator has P pixels along the X direction, and generates a one-dimensional image by diffracting light from the light source. And P _OSF > P can be satisfied. The oversampling filter can be in the form of a diffracted light generating member, more specifically a grating filter, for example. Note that the grating filter may be composed of an amplitude grating or a phase grating.

  In the three-dimensional image display device according to the sixth aspect of the present invention including the above preferable configuration and form, the spatial filter is a liquid crystal display device having M × N pixels (more specifically, a transmissive type or a reflective type). Liquid crystal display device) or a two-dimensional type MEMS in which movable mirrors are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. In addition, the spatial filter can be configured to open a desired opening in synchronization with the generation timing of the two-dimensional image.

In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the fourth to sixth aspects of the present invention including the various preferable configurations and forms described above, P _OSF × is used as a structure of the lattice filter constituting the oversampling filter. An example is a structure (phase grating type) in which Q _OSF concave portions are formed in a two-dimensional matrix. Here, the concave portion corresponds to the opening region. When the planar shape of the opening region (concave portion) is, for example, rectangular, Fraunhofer diffraction occurs, and M × N sets of diffracted light are generated. Further, as described above, it is preferable that P _OSF > P, Q _OSF > Q is satisfied, but more specifically, 1 <P _OSF / P ≦ 4 and 1 <Q _OSF / Q ≦ 4 are exemplified. Can do.

  In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the seventh aspect of the present invention, the conjugate image forming means is generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus by performing inverse Fourier transform on the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selecting means. It is preferable that an inverse Fourier transform unit for forming a real image of the two-dimensional image is included.

  In the three-dimensional image display device according to the seventh aspect of the present invention including the above-described preferable configuration, the two-dimensional image forming device is configured by a liquid crystal display device (more specifically, a transmissive or reflective liquid crystal display device). It is preferable.

Alternatively, in the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the seventh aspect of the present invention including the above-described preferred configuration, the two-dimensional image forming apparatus is
(A-1) a one-dimensional image forming apparatus for generating a one-dimensional image, and
(A-2) a scanning optical system that two-dimensionally develops a one-dimensional image generated by a one-dimensional image forming apparatus and generates a two-dimensional image;
It can be set as the form which consists of.

  Furthermore, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the seventh aspect of the present invention including the preferred configurations and forms described above, the Fourier transform image forming means is composed of a lens; the optical device is configured on the front focal plane of the lens. The focal point of the optical element to be positioned is located; a Fourier transform image selection means can be arranged on the rear focal plane of the lens.

  Further, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the seventh aspect of the present invention including the preferred configuration and form described above, the Fourier transform image selecting means has a number of opening controllable openings corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders. In this case, the Fourier transform image selection means can be formed of a liquid crystal display device (more specifically, a transmissive or reflective liquid crystal display device), and is movable. It is also possible to adopt a form composed of a two-dimensional type MEMS in which mirrors are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. The Fourier transform image selection means selects a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order by opening a desired opening in synchronization with the generation timing of the two-dimensional image by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus. It can be set as the structure to do.

  Furthermore, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the seventh aspect of the present invention, including the preferred configuration and form described above, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image is the carrier frequency as the spatial frequency of the pixel structure in the two-dimensional image forming device. It can be set as the structure corresponded to the image information performed.

In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the eighth aspect of the present invention, the two-dimensional image forming apparatus has two-dimensionally arranged P × Q pixels (where P _OD ≧ P, Q _OD ≧ Q). A liquid crystal display device (more specifically, a transmissive or reflective liquid crystal display device) can be used. As a more specific relationship between P _OD and P, Q _OD and Q, can be exemplified _{1 ≦ P OD / P ≦ 4,1} ≦ Q OD / Q ≦ 4.

Alternatively, in the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the eighth aspect of the present invention, the two-dimensional image forming apparatus includes:
(A-1) a one-dimensional image forming apparatus for generating a one-dimensional image, and
(A-2) a scanning optical system that two-dimensionally develops a one-dimensional image generated by a one-dimensional image forming apparatus and generates a two-dimensional image;
It can be set as the structure which consists of. In this case, the one-dimensional image forming apparatus can be configured to generate a one-dimensional image by diffracting light from the light source. Furthermore, a member (an anisotropic diffusion filter, an anisotropic diffusion sheet, or an anisotropic diffusion film) that causes anisotropic light diffusion is further disposed behind the third lens. It can also be in the form.

  In the three-dimensional image display device according to the eighth aspect of the present invention including the above preferable configuration and form, the spatial filter is a liquid crystal display device having M × N pixels (more specifically, a transmissive type or a reflective type). Liquid crystal display device) or a two-dimensional MEMS in which movable mirrors are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. In addition, the spatial filter can be configured to open a desired opening in synchronization with the generation timing of the two-dimensional image by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus.

  In the three-dimensional image display device according to the seventh aspect and the eighth aspect of the present invention including the various preferable configurations and forms described above, each pixel in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus has an opening having a rectangular planar shape. is doing. The following configuration can be exemplified as a specific structure of the optical device in the three-dimensional image display device according to the seventh aspect and the eighth aspect of the present invention. That is, it is preferable that the planar shape of the optical element is the same as or similar to the planar shape of the corresponding pixel aperture. Each optical element is composed of a convex lens having positive optical power, or is composed of a concave lens having negative optical power, or is composed of a Fresnel lens having positive optical power. It is also desirable that the lens is composed of a Fresnel lens having negative optical power. In other words, each optical element is composed of a refractive lattice element. The optical device is composed of a kind of microlens array, and examples of the material constituting the optical device include glass and plastic. The optical device can be manufactured based on a known method for manufacturing a microlens array. The optical device is disposed adjacent to the rear of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus. Thus, by arranging the optical device adjacent to the rear of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus, the influence of the diffraction phenomenon caused by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus can be ignored. Alternatively, for example, two convex lenses are arranged between the two-dimensional image forming apparatus and the optical apparatus, the two-dimensional image forming apparatus is arranged on the front focal plane of one convex lens, and the rear focal point of one convex lens. Alternatively, the front focal point of the other convex lens may be positioned on the rear focal plane of the other convex lens, and the optical device may be disposed on the rear focal plane of the other convex lens. Generally, when the diffraction grating is classified into two categories, the amplitude (intensity) of the incident light wave is periodically modulated, and the amplitude grating that obtains a light quantity distribution that matches the light transmittance distribution of the grating and the phase of the transmitted light quantity are modulated. That is, it can be classified as a phase grating that modulates the phase while maintaining the amplitude (intensity) of light as it is. In the three-dimensional image display device according to the seventh and eighth aspects of the present invention, The optical device functions as the latter phase grating.

In the three-dimensional image display device according to the ninth aspect of the present invention, the light modulating means is composed of a two-dimensional spatial light modulator having a plurality of pixels arranged two-dimensionally, and each pixel has an opening. In this case, the two-dimensional spatial light modulator is a liquid crystal display device (more specifically, a transmissive or reflective liquid crystal display device), or in each opening of the two-dimensional spatial light modulator. It is preferable to adopt a configuration in which a movable mirror is provided (a configuration composed of a two-dimensional MEMS in which movable mirrors are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix). Here, the planar shape of the opening is preferably rectangular. When the planar shape of the opening is rectangular, Fraunhofer diffraction occurs, and M ₀ × N ₀ sets of diffracted light are generated. That is, such an aperture forms an amplitude grating that periodically modulates the amplitude (intensity) of the incident light wave and obtains a light amount distribution that matches the light transmittance distribution of the grating.

Alternatively, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the ninth aspect of the present invention, including the above preferred configuration and form, the light modulation means
(A-1) a one-dimensional spatial light modulator that generates a one-dimensional image;
(A-2) a scanning optical system that two-dimensionally develops a one-dimensional image generated by a one-dimensional spatial light modulator and generates a two-dimensional image; and
(A-3) a grating filter that is arranged on a generation surface of a two-dimensional image and emits spatial frequencies in the generated two-dimensional image along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders;
It can be set as the form which consists of. The grating filter may be composed of an amplitude grating, or may be composed of a phase grating that modulates the phase while modulating the phase of the amount of transmitted light, that is, the amplitude (intensity) of light is unchanged. .

Furthermore, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the ninth aspect of the present invention including the preferred configurations and forms described above, the image restriction / generation unit includes:
(B-1) a first lens that Fourier-transforms the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means to generate a number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel;
(B-2) a scattering diffraction limiting aperture that is disposed closer to the light beam traveling direction changing means than the first lens and selects only a predetermined Fourier transform image of the Fourier transform image; and
(B-3) A conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation means is disposed by being closer to the light beam traveling direction changing means than the scattering diffraction limiting aperture, and inverse Fourier transforming the selected Fourier transform image. A second lens to be formed,
Consists of
A scattering diffraction limiting aperture may be arranged on the rear focal plane of the first lens and on the front focal plane of the second lens.

  Further, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the ninth aspect of the present invention including the various preferable configurations and forms described above, the light ray traveling direction changing means changes the angle of the emitted light with respect to the incident light. Reflective optical means that can be (changed), specifically, for example, can comprise a mirror, or can change (change) the angle of the outgoing light with respect to the incoming light. It is possible to adopt a transmissive optical means, specifically, for example, a prism.

  Furthermore, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the ninth aspect of the present invention including the various preferred configurations and forms described above, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image is image information using the spatial frequency of the pixel structure as the carrier frequency. The spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image may be a spatial frequency obtained by removing the spatial frequency of the pixel structure from the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image. it can. That is, it is obtained as first-order diffraction using the 0th-order diffraction of the plane wave component as the carrier frequency, and the spatial frequency less than half the spatial frequency of the pixel structure (aperture structure) of the light modulation means is the image limiting / generating means. Or alternatively passes through a scattering diffraction limiting aperture. All the spatial frequencies displayed on the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus described later are transmitted.

  In the three-dimensional image display device according to the tenth aspect of the present invention, the two-dimensional image forming device is a liquid crystal display device (more specifically, a transmissive type or a two-dimensional array having P × Q pixels arranged two-dimensionally. Each pixel can be provided with an opening, or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus is provided with P × Q openings. A movable mirror is provided in the opening (the movable mirror is composed of a two-dimensional MEMS arranged in each of the openings arranged in a two-dimensional matrix). The planar shape of the opening is preferably rectangular. When the planar shape of the opening is rectangular, Fraunhofer diffraction occurs, and M × N sets of diffracted light are generated. That is, an amplitude grating is formed by the openings.

  In the three-dimensional image display device according to the eleventh aspect of the present invention, the one-dimensional spatial light modulator has P pixels along the X direction, and generates a one-dimensional image by diffracting light from the light source. It can be set as a form to do.

  In the three-dimensional image display device according to the tenth aspect or the eleventh aspect of the present invention, including the preferred configuration and form described above, the light ray traveling direction changing means changes the angle of the emitted light with respect to the incident light. Reflective optical means that can be (changed), specifically, for example, can comprise a mirror, or can also change (change) the angle of the outgoing light with respect to the incoming light ) Transmission optical means, specifically, for example, a prism.

  In the description of the three-dimensional image display device according to the ninth aspect to the eleventh aspect of the present invention, the portion of the optical axis up to the light beam traveling direction changing means is the z-axis, and the orthogonal coordinates in the plane orthogonal to the z-axis are The x-axis and y-axis are set, the direction parallel to the x-axis is the X direction, and the direction parallel to the y-axis is the Y direction. The X direction is, for example, the horizontal direction in the 3D image display device, and the Y direction is, for example, the vertical direction in the 3D image display device. Further, the optical axis portion after the light beam traveling direction changing means is the z ′ axis, the orthogonal coordinates in the plane orthogonal to the z ′ axis are the x ′ axis and the y ′ axis, and the direction parallel to the x ′ axis is the X ′ axis. A direction parallel to the “direction, y” axis is defined as a Y ′ direction. The X ′ direction is, for example, the horizontal direction in the 3D image display device, and the Y ′ direction is, for example, the vertical direction in the 3D image display device.

  In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the ninth aspect to the eleventh aspect of the present invention, the change of the traveling direction of the light beam by the light beam traveling direction changing unit is based on the light modulation unit (two-dimensional image forming apparatus). It is necessary to synchronize with the generation of the dimensional image. Here, after a certain image is formed on the imaging plane described below by the light beam traveling direction changing means, the position of the light beam traveling direction changing means is changed (changed), and the image is formed by the light beam traveling direction changing means. Until the next image is formed on the surface, it is necessary that the operation of the light source is interrupted so that a two-dimensional image is not generated by the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus).

As described above, in order to set the position where the image is formed on the image plane to a position arranged in a two-dimensional matrix of S ₀ × T _0, when a mirror is used as the light beam traveling direction changing means, Is composed of a polygon mirror, and the inclination angle of the rotation axis may be controlled while rotating the polygon mirror about the rotation axis. Further, when a prism is employed as the light beam traveling direction changing means, for example, the prism may be rotated (changed) in a desired direction around the z axis. In addition to the conventional prism, for example, a prism made of a liquid crystal lens can be used as the prism. Since the mirror in which the movable mirrors are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix has a pixel structure, a new diffraction image is generated using the pixel structure as a carrier. Cannot be used.

In the dimensional image display device according to the ninth to eleventh aspects of the present invention, when the light beam emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing unit is imaged by the imaging unit or the third lens, the image is displayed. It is preferable that the position where the image is formed (the position in the X′Y ′ plane) is a position arranged in a two-dimensional matrix of S ₀ × T ₀ locations. Here, the number of S ₀ and T ₀ is not limited, but 4 ≦ S ₀ ≦ 11, preferably 7 ≦ S ₀ ≦ 9, for example, and 4 ≦ T ₀ ≦ 11. Preferably, for example, 7 ≦ T ₀ ≦ 9 can be mentioned. The value of S _{0 and} the value of T ₀ may be equal or different. The X′Y ′ plane on which the light beam emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing unit is imaged by the imaging unit or the third lens is hereinafter referred to as an imaging surface.

In the three-dimensional image display device according to the twelfth aspect of the present invention,
(C) conjugate image forming means for forming a conjugate image of the Fourier transform image formed by the Fourier transform image forming means;
Is preferably further provided.

In the three-dimensional image display device according to the twelfth aspect or the thirteenth aspect of the present invention, when the number of discrete light output positions is LEP _Total , the light is emitted from each light output position, The number of Fourier transform images generated by light having different incident directions to the two-dimensional image forming apparatus (hereinafter sometimes referred to as illumination light) is (plural diffraction orders) × LEP _Total . Further, the Fourier transform image obtained based on the illumination light is imaged in a spot shape at a discrete position corresponding to each light emission position by the Fourier transform image forming means or the first lens. If a Fourier transform image selection means or a spatial filter, which will be described later, is arranged, the number of Fourier transform images generated by the illumination light finally becomes, for example, LEP _Total . When a plurality of light emission positions arranged in a discrete manner are arranged separated in a two-dimensional matrix, the number of such light emission positions is expressed as “U ₀ × V ₀ ”. Here, U ₀ × V ₀ = LEP _Total .

In the three-dimensional image display device according to the twelfth aspect or the thirteenth aspect of the present invention, the light source may be configured to include a plurality of light emitting elements arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. In this case, if the number of light emitting elements arranged in a two-dimensional matrix is U ₀ '× V ₀ ', U ₀ '= U ₀ and V ₀ ' = V ₀ depending on the specifications of the light source. In some cases, for example, U ₀ '/ 3 = U ₀ and V ₀ ' / 3 = V ₀ . In this case, a lens (for example, a collimator lens) is disposed between the light source and the light modulation unit or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus, and the light source is the front focal plane (or the vicinity of the front focal plane) of this lens. It is preferable that the light is emitted from the lens (illumination light) becomes parallel light (substantially parallel light). Alternatively, in the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the twelfth aspect or the thirteenth aspect of the present invention, the light source is a light emitting element and light emitted from the light emitting element, and is a light modulation means or a two-dimensional image. It can be set as the structure provided with the light beam advancing direction change means for changing the incident direction of the light which injects into a formation apparatus. In this case, as the light beam traveling direction changing means, a refractive optical means (for example, a lens, more specifically, for example, which can change (change) the angle of the emitted light with respect to the incident light, for example, A collimator lens or a microlens array), or reflective optical means that can change (change) the position and angle of the emitted light with respect to the incident light (specifically, for example, a mirror, more specifically). Specifically, for example, a polygon mirror, a combination of a polygon mirror and a mirror, a convex mirror composed of a curved surface, a concave mirror composed of a curved surface, a convex mirror composed of a polyhedron, or a concave mirror composed of a polyhedron) Can do.

As described above, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the twelfth aspect or the thirteenth aspect of the present invention, when the light source includes a plurality of light-emitting elements arranged in a two-dimensional matrix, each light emission It is desirable to arrange each light emitting element so that the emission direction of the light emitted from the element is different and the incident direction to the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus is different. Further, as described above, when the refractive optical means is adopted as the light beam traveling direction changing means, it is preferable to have a configuration including a plurality of light emitting elements arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. As a result of being able to change the emission direction of the light emitted sequentially from each light emitting element, entering the refractive optical means, and exiting from the refractive optical means, the light modulating means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus The incident direction of light incident on can be changed. In this case, the emission direction of the light emitted from each light emitting element may be the same or different. On the other hand, as described above, when the reflective optical means is adopted as the light beam traveling direction changing means, the number of light emitting elements may be one, for example, U ₀ . Then, the number of light emission positions when the light is emitted from the reflective optical means may be set to U ₀ × V ₀ = LEP _{Total by} controlling the position of the reflective optical means. Specifically, for example, the inclination angle of the rotation axis may be controlled while rotating the polygon mirror around the rotation axis, or the position of light incident on the mirror from the light emitting element may be controlled. Alternatively, the position of the illumination light emitted from the mirror may be controlled, or the state of the illumination light emitted from the mirror (for example, passing or blocking of the illumination light) may be controlled. As a result, the incident direction of the light incident on the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus can be changed.

  Furthermore, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the twelfth aspect of the present invention including the above-described preferred configuration, the Fourier transform image forming means is composed of a lens (first lens), and the front side of the lens (first lens). The light modulation means may be arranged on the focal plane.

In the three-dimensional image display device according to the twelfth aspect of the present invention, the image generated and imaged by the Fourier transform image forming means corresponds to a plurality of diffraction orders, but can be obtained based on the low-order diffraction orders. Since the obtained image is bright and the image obtained based on the higher-order diffraction orders is dark, an image with sufficient image quality (for example, a three-dimensional image) can be obtained. However, for further improvement in image quality,
(D) Fourier transform image selection means for selecting a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order among the Fourier transform images generated by the number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders;
The Fourier transform image selection means is preferably arranged at a position where the Fourier transform image is formed.

Alternatively, also in the three-dimensional image display device according to the thirteenth aspect of the present invention, the image generated and imaged by the first lens corresponds to a plurality of diffraction orders, but has a lower diffraction order. Since the image obtained based on this is bright and the image obtained based on the higher order diffraction orders is dark, an image with sufficient image quality (for example, a three-dimensional image) can be obtained. However, for further improvement in image quality,
(E) a spatial filter having a number of openings that can be controlled to be opened and closed corresponding to the number of light emission positions, and located on the rear focal plane of the first lens;
It is preferable to have a configuration further comprising In this case, in the spatial filter, it is desirable to open a desired opening in synchronization with the generation timing of the two-dimensional image by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus. Alternatively,
(E) a scattering diffraction limiting member having a number of openings corresponding to the number of light emission positions and located on the rear focal plane of the first lens;
It is preferable to have a configuration further comprising By disposing the spatial filter or the scattering diffraction limiting member, it is possible to pass only desired diffracted light among the generated diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders.

In these cases, the Fourier transform image selection means or the spatial filter, (a LEP _Total, for example, U ₀ × V ₀₎ the number of light emitting positions are numbers (LEP _Total corresponding to, for example, U ₀ × It is desirable to have an opening of V ₀ ). The opening may be controllable to open and close, or may be always open. Alternatively, as a Fourier transform image selection means having an opening that can be opened and closed, a liquid crystal display device (more specifically, a transmissive or reflective liquid crystal display device) can be cited, and a movable mirror is two-dimensional. A two-dimensional MEMS arranged in a matrix can also be mentioned. In the Fourier transform image selection means having an opening that can be opened and closed, the desired opening is opened in synchronization with the generation timing of the two-dimensional image by the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus). The Fourier transform image corresponding to the desired diffraction order can be selected. The position of the opening may be a position where a desired Fourier transform image (or diffracted light) in the Fourier transform image (or diffracted light) obtained by the Fourier transform image selecting means or the first lens is formed, The position of the opening corresponds to the light emission positions arranged in a discrete manner.

  The three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the twelfth aspect of the present invention including the preferred configuration described above is generated by the light modulation means by performing inverse Fourier transform on the Fourier transform image formed by the Fourier transform image forming means. It is preferable to further include an inverse Fourier transform unit for forming a real image of the two-dimensional image.

  Further, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the twelfth aspect of the present invention including the preferred configuration described above, the light modulation means has a two-dimensional space having a plurality of (P × Q) pixels arranged two-dimensionally. Each pixel includes an optical modulator, and each pixel may have an opening. In this case, the two-dimensional spatial light modulator is a liquid crystal display device (more specifically, a transmissive or reflective liquid crystal display). Apparatus) or a configuration in which a movable mirror is provided in each opening of the two-dimensional spatial light modulator (a configuration composed of a two-dimensional type MEMS in which the movable mirrors are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix). preferable. In the three-dimensional image display device according to the thirteenth aspect of the present invention including the preferred configuration described above, the two-dimensional image forming device has a plurality of (P × Q) pixels arranged two-dimensionally. It is composed of a liquid crystal display device (more specifically, a transmissive or reflective liquid crystal display device), and each pixel can be provided with an opening. Alternatively, a two-dimensional image forming apparatus includes , A plurality of (P × Q) openings are provided, and each opening is provided with a movable mirror (a two-dimensional type in which movable mirrors are arranged in respective openings arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. (Consisting of MEMS). Here, the planar shape of the opening is preferably rectangular. When the planar shape of the opening is rectangular, Fraunhofer diffraction occurs, and M × N sets of diffracted light are generated. That is, such an aperture forms an amplitude grating that periodically modulates the amplitude (intensity) of the incident light wave and obtains a light amount distribution that matches the light transmittance distribution of the grating.

  Furthermore, in the three-dimensional image display device according to the twelfth aspect of the present invention including the above-described preferred configuration and form, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image corresponds to image information in which the spatial frequency of the pixel structure is the carrier frequency. Furthermore, the spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image described later can be a spatial frequency obtained by removing the spatial frequency of the pixel structure from the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image. That is, it is obtained as 1st order diffraction using the 0th order diffraction of the plane wave component as a carrier frequency, and the spatial frequency less than half of the spatial frequency of the pixel structure (aperture structure) of the light modulation means is Fourier transform image selection means. Alternatively, it is selected in a spatial filter or alternatively passes through a Fourier transform image selection means or a spatial filter. All the spatial frequencies displayed on the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus are transmitted.

In the three-dimensional image display device according to the twelfth or thirteenth aspect of the present invention including the preferred configurations and forms described above, the number of U ₀ and V ₀ is not limited, but 4 ≦ U _0. ≦ 12, preferably 9 ≦ U ₀ ≦ 11, for example, and 4 ≦ V ₀ ≦ 12, preferably 9 ≦ V ₀ ≦ 11, for example. The value of U _{0 and} the value of V ₀ may be equal or different. The plane (XY plane) on which the Fourier transform image is formed by the Fourier transform image forming means may be hereinafter referred to as an image plane.

  In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the twelfth aspect or the thirteenth aspect of the present invention, a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order is selected by a Fourier transform image selection means or a spatial filter, or alternatively Although it passes through the Fourier transform image selection means or the spatial filter, the desired diffraction order is not limited, and examples thereof include zero-order diffraction orders.

  In the twelfth aspect or the thirteenth aspect of the present invention including the various preferable configurations and forms described above, lasers, light emitting diodes (LEDs), and white light sources are listed as light sources in the three-dimensional image display device. be able to. An illumination optical system for shaping illumination light may be disposed between the light source and the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus. Depending on the specifications of the three-dimensional image display device, monochromatic light or white light may be emitted from the light source. Alternatively, the light source includes a red light emitting element, a green light emitting element, and a blue light emitting element. By sequentially driving the elements, light (red light, green light, and blue light) may be emitted from the light source, and also by this, the light is emitted from a plurality of discrete light emission positions. Illumination light having different incident directions on the modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus can be obtained.

Alternatively, in the twelfth aspect or the thirteenth aspect of the present invention including the various preferable configurations and forms described above, U ₀ × V ₀ elements arranged in a two-dimensional matrix are used as the light source. A planar light emitting member can be mentioned.

More specifically, each planar light emitting member is
(A) a rod integrator (also called a kaleidoscope) that emits light from one end face; and
(B) a light emitting diode disposed on the other end face of the rod integrator;
It can consist of By constructing the planar light emitting member from a rod integrator, illumination light can be emitted uniformly and planarly from the planar light emitting member, and speckle noise is generated by using a light emitting diode. There is no. The same applies to the following description. In this case, a light diffusing member can be arranged on one end surface of the rod integrator, whereby the light emitting region on one end surface of the planar light emitting member and the adjacent planar light emitting member can be formed. When the gap existing between the light emitting region on one end surface of the light source is at a level that can be confirmed with the naked eye, the light diffusion member itself acts as a secondary light source, and thus such a gap cannot be confirmed with the naked eye. It becomes possible.

Alternatively, each planar light emitting member is
(A) a rod integrator that emits light from one end surface;
(B) a light emitting diode disposed on the other end face of the rod integrator;
(C) a reflective polarizing member that is disposed on one end face of the rod integrator and that allows a part of incident light to pass through and reflects the rest according to the polarization state;
(D) a light reflecting member provided at a portion that does not block the light emitted from the light emitting diode on the other end surface of the rod integrator;
It can consist of And in this case, each planar light emitting member,
(E) a quarter-wave plate disposed between the other end face of the rod integrator and the light reflecting member,
Further, in these preferable configurations, each planar light-emitting member is,
(F) a light diffusing member provided on the reflective polarizing member;
It can be set as the structure further provided.

Alternatively, each planar light emitting member is
(A) a PS polarization separation / conversion element including a first prism, a second prism, and a polarization beam splitter, and
(B) a light emitting diode;
Consisting of
The first prism and the second prism are arranged to face each other via the polarization separation surface of the polarization beam splitter,
The first prism is provided with a first light reflecting member and a second light reflecting member provided in a portion that does not block the light emitted from the light emitting diode,
The S-polarized component of the light emitted from the light emitting diode and incident on the first prism is reflected by the polarizing beam splitter, reflected by the second light reflecting member, reflected again by the polarizing beam splitter, and further, the first light reflecting member. Reflected by
The P-polarized component of the light emitted from the light emitting diode and incident on the first prism and the P-polarized component of the light reflected by the first light reflecting member pass through the polarization beam splitter and are emitted from the exit surface of the second prism. It can be set as the structure radiate | emitted. And in this case, each planar light emitting member,
(C) a quarter-wave plate disposed between the first prism and the first light reflecting member,
It can be set as the structure further provided.

  For example, the first prism can be composed of a triangular prism having at least a first slope, a second slope, and a bottom surface, and the second prism also has at least a first slope, a second slope, and a bottom surface. It can be composed of a triangular prism. In this case, the bottom surface of the first prism and the bottom surface of the second prism are arranged to face each other via the polarization separation surface of the polarization beam splitter, and the first light is placed on the first slope of the first prism. A reflecting member is disposed, and in some cases, a quarter-wave plate is disposed between the first slope of the first prism and the first light reflecting member, and on the second slope of the first prism. The 2nd light reflection member is arrange | positioned at. Then, the S-polarized component of the light incident from the first slope of the first prism is reflected toward the second slope of the first prism by the polarization beam splitter. On the other hand, the P-polarized component passes through the polarization beam splitter and is emitted from the first slope of the second prism.

Alternatively, each planar light emitting member is
(A) a plate-like member that emits light from one end face;
(B) a light emitting diode disposed on the other end surface of the plate-like member;
(C) a reflective polarizing member that is disposed on one end surface of the plate-like member and allows a part of incident light to pass through and reflects the rest according to the polarization state;
(D) a light reflecting member provided at a portion that does not block the light emitted from the light emitting diode on the other end surface of the plate-like member;
(E) a quarter-wave plate disposed between the other end surface of the plate-like member and the light reflecting member, and
(F) a light diffusing member provided on the reflective polarizing member;
It can be set as the structure which consists of.

Here, as a rod integrator, a hollow member whose cross-sectional shape when cut along a virtual plane perpendicular to its axis is a rectangle and whose both end faces are open ends can be cited, or one end face is an open end. And a hollow member having the other end surface formed of a light diffusion surface. In this case, a light reflecting layer is preferably provided on the inner surface or outer surface of the hollow member. Alternatively, a solid member made of a transparent material having a rectangular cross-sectional shape when cut along a virtual plane perpendicular to the axis can be given. In this case also, it is preferable that a light reflecting layer is provided on the outer surface of the solid member. In addition, you may form a light-diffusion layer in the other end surface facing a light emitting element. Examples of the material constituting the hollow member and the solid member include plastic materials such as PMMA resin, polycarbonate resin (PC), polyarylate resin (PAR), polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), and acrylic resin, and glass. . Moreover, as a light reflection layer, a silver layer, a chromium layer, an aluminum layer formed by a physical vapor deposition method (PVD method) such as a sputtering method or a vacuum deposition method, a chemical vapor deposition method (CVD method), a plating method, etc. Examples thereof include a metal layer such as a layer and an alloy layer. In order to obtain a light source by arranging U ₀ × V ₀ planar light emitting members in a two-dimensional matrix, for example, but not limited to, U ₀ × V ₀ planar light emitting members are two-dimensionally arranged. After being arranged in a matrix (bundled), it may be bound using an appropriate binding means. When the planar light emitting members are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix, it is desirable that there is no gap (space) between one end surfaces (light emitting surfaces) of adjacent planar light emitting members. The light emitted from the light emitting diode is incident on the rod integrator from the light entrance surface (other end surface) of the rod integrator, and is emitted from the light exit surface (one end surface) of the rod integrator while repeatedly reflecting inside the rod integrator. The light emitted from the rod integrator is made uniform, and light is emitted in a planar shape from the light emitting surface (one end surface) of the rod integrator.

  The reflective polarizing member has, for example, a structure in which, for example, aluminum ribs are formed on the surface of a base material made of a transparent material with a width of several tens of nm and a pitch of several hundreds of nm, or a refractive index. It has a laminated film structure in which a plurality of different layers are stacked. The arrangement of the reflective polarizing member on one end surface of the rod integrator or the one end surface of the plate-like member can be achieved by adhering such a base material, depending on the specifications of the reflective polarizing member, Alternatively, it can be achieved by directly forming a laminated film structure.

  A polarizing beam splitter (also called a polarizing film) is formed by forming a dielectric multilayer film, a dielectric high reflection film or a cut filter on the first prism, or by forming a film on the second prism. Obtainable. In the polarization beam splitter, the refractive index and the incident angle of the film and the base (first prism or second prism) are set so that the incident angle to the interface matches the Brewster angle in the multilayer film. Generally it is set. For example, the laminated structure of the bottom surface of the first prism / the polarizing beam splitter / the bottom surface of the second prism is obtained by fixing the bottom surface of the first prism, the polarizing beam splitter, and the bottom surface of the second prism using, for example, an adhesive. be able to.

Examples of the light reflecting member, the first light reflecting member, and the second light reflecting member (hereinafter, these may be collectively referred to as “light reflecting member or the like”) may include an increased reflection film. Here, examples of the reflective reflection film include a silver enhanced reflection film having a structure in which a silver reflective film, a low refractive index film, and a high refractive index film are sequentially laminated. In addition, a dielectric multilayer reflective film having a structure in which a low refractive index thin film such as SiO ₂ and a high refractive index thin film such as TiO ₂ or Ta ₂ O ₅ are alternately laminated, as well as sub-layers having different refractive indexes. An organic polymer multilayer thin film type reflective film produced by laminating polymer films having a thickness of micron can also be exemplified. Alternatively, examples of the light reflecting member include a metal layer such as a silver layer, a chromium layer, and an aluminum layer, and an alloy layer. As a method of providing a light reflecting member or the like, when the light reflecting member or the like is in the form of a sheet, film or plate, a method using an adhesive, a method of screwing, a method of fixing by ultrasonic bonding, a method of using an adhesive In addition, when the light reflecting member is a thin film, a well-known film forming method such as a PVD method such as a vacuum deposition method or a sputtering method, or a CVD method can be used.

  As the quarter-wave plate, a well-known quarter-wave plate made from a birefringent crystal such as quartz or calcite, or a well-known quarter-wave plate made from plastic may be used. In order to provide or arrange the quarter wave plate, for example, an adhesive may be used.

  Examples of the material constituting the sheet-like or film-like light diffusing member include polycarbonate resin (PC); polystyrene resin (PS); methacrylic resin. A light diffusing member can be obtained by processing the surface of a sheet-like or film-like material made of these resins into a satin-like shape (that is, a fine uneven surface) based on, for example, a sandblast method. Alternatively, a light diffusing member can be obtained by applying a light diffusing agent to the surface of a sheet-like or film-like material made of these resins. Here, the light diffusing agent is a particle having a property of diffusing light from a light source, and is composed of inorganic material particles or organic material particles. Specific examples of the inorganic material constituting the inorganic material particles include silica, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum oxide, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, barium sulfate, magnesium silicate, and a mixture thereof. On the other hand, as resins constituting organic material particles, acrylic resins, acrylonitrile resins, polyurethane resins, polyvinyl chloride resins, polystyrene resins, polyacrylonitrile resins, polyamide resins, polysiloxane resins, melamine resins Can be illustrated. Examples of the shape of the light diffusing agent include a spherical shape, a cubic shape, a needle shape, a rod shape, a spindle shape, a plate shape, a scale shape, and a fiber shape. As a method of providing the light diffusing member, a method of attaching the light diffusing member to the reflective polarizing member using an adhesive or an adhesive sheet can be exemplified. Alternatively, as a method of providing the light diffusing member, a method of applying a light diffusing agent to the reflective polarizing member can be exemplified. Alternatively, as a method of providing the light diffusing member, a method of applying a light diffusing agent to one end surface or the other end surface of the rod integrator can be exemplified.

  What is necessary is just to produce a 1st prism and a 2nd prism from well-known optical glass. Each of these prisms may be composed of a combination of a plurality of prisms. That is, one prism may be manufactured by bonding a plurality of prisms with, for example, an adhesive. Note that the angle formed by the two slopes of the triangular prism need not be 90 degrees. The light beam is incident, reflected, and refracted so as to pass through a predetermined optical surface, and even if the P-polarized component light and the S-polarized component light separated by the beam splitter pass through different optical paths, It is important to emit light from one slope in substantially the same direction. In some cases, the portion where the slope and bottom surface of the prism intersect, and the portion where the two slopes of the prism intersect, are not composed of ridge lines, but may be composed of flat surfaces or curved surfaces. You may form a light-diffusion layer in the part of the surface (1st slope) of the 1st prism facing a light emitting element.

  As the plate member, a material transparent to light emitted from the light emitting diode, for example, glass, plastic material (for example, methacrylic resin, polycarbonate resin (PC), acrylic resin, amorphous polypropylene resin, And styrene resins including AS resins, polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) resins and polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) resins).

  Depending on the specifications of the three-dimensional image display device, monochromatic light (light from a light emitting diode of either a red light emitting diode, a green light emitting diode, or a blue light emitting diode) or white light (a white light emitting diode) is emitted from the planar light emitting member. Or the light source is a planar light emitting member having a red light emitting diode, a planar light emitting member having a green light emitting diode, and a planar shape having a blue light emitting diode. It is comprised from the aggregate | assembly of the light emitting member, and light (red light, green light, and blue light) may be radiate | emitted from a light source by driving the light emitting diode in these planar light emitting members sequentially.

  In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the twelfth aspect or the thirteenth aspect of the present invention, an optical means for projecting a conjugate image formed by the conjugate image forming means may be provided. An optical means for projecting the image formed by the third lens may be provided behind the lens.

In the three-dimensional image display device according to the second aspect to the third aspect or the fifth aspect to the sixth aspect of the present invention, m and m ′ are integers, and M is a positive integer. The relationship between m ′ and M is m ≦ m ′ and M = m′−m + 1. In addition, n and n ′ are integers, and N is a positive integer, but the relationship between n, n ′, and N is n ≦ n ′ and N = n′−n + 1. The number of M and N corresponding to the total number of diffraction orders is not limited,
0 ≦ M (= m′−m + 1) ≦ 21
Preferably, for example,
5 ≦ M (= m′−m + 1) ≦ 21
Also,
0 ≦ N (= n′−n + 1) ≦ 21
Preferably, for example,
5 ≦ N (= n′−n + 1) ≦ 21
Can be illustrated. The value of M and the value of N may be equal to or different from each other. The value of | m ′ | and the value of | m | may be equal to or different from each other. The value of n ′ | may be equal to or different from the value of | n |.

  In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the seventh aspect to the eighth aspect, in the optical apparatus, the spatial frequency in the incident two-dimensional image corresponds to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N). Ejected along the folding angle, where M sets from the m-th order to the m′-th order along the X direction (where m and m ′ are integers, M is a positive integer), Y A total of M × N sets of diffracted light are generated along the direction from the n-th to n′-th order (where n and n ′ are integers and N is a positive integer). , The relationship between m, m ′, and M, and the relationship between n, n ′, and N can be as described above.

  Examples of the light source in the three-dimensional image display device according to the first to eleventh aspects of the present invention including the various preferable configurations and forms described above include lasers, light emitting diodes (LEDs), and white light sources. . An illumination optical system for shaping the light emitted from the light source may be disposed between the light source and the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus.

  In a liquid crystal display device constituting a two-dimensional spatial light modulator or a two-dimensional image forming apparatus, for example, an area where a transparent first electrode and a transparent second electrode described below are overlapped and includes a liquid crystal cell is one pixel. (1 pixel). Then, the light transmittance of the light (illumination light) emitted from the light source is controlled by operating the liquid crystal cell as a kind of light shutter (light valve), that is, by controlling the light transmittance of each pixel. As a whole, a two-dimensional image can be obtained. By providing a rectangular opening in the overlapping region of the transparent first electrode and the transparent second electrode, light emitted from the light source (illumination light) passes through the opening, thereby causing Fraunhofer diffraction for each pixel. For example, M × N sets of diffracted light are generated.

  The liquid crystal display device includes, for example, a front panel provided with a transparent first electrode, a rear panel provided with a transparent second electrode, and a liquid crystal material disposed between the front panel and the rear panel. More specifically, the front panel includes, for example, a first substrate made of, for example, a glass substrate or a silicon substrate, and a transparent first electrode (also called a common electrode, for example, ITO provided on the inner surface of the first substrate. And a polarizing film provided on the outer surface of the first substrate. Furthermore, an alignment film is formed on the transparent first electrode. On the other hand, the rear panel more specifically includes, for example, a second substrate made of a glass substrate or a silicon substrate, a switching element formed on the inner surface of the second substrate, and conduction / non-conduction by the switching element. A transparent second electrode to be controlled (also called a pixel electrode, which is made of, for example, ITO) and a polarizing film provided on the outer surface of the second substrate. An alignment film is formed on the entire surface including the transparent second electrode. Various members and liquid crystal materials constituting these transmissive liquid crystal display devices can be formed of known members and materials. Examples of the switching element include a three-terminal element such as a MOS type FET and a thin film transistor (TFT) formed on a single crystal silicon semiconductor substrate, and a two-terminal element such as an MIM element, a varistor element, and a diode. Alternatively, a liquid crystal display device having a so-called matrix electrode configuration in which a plurality of scanning electrodes extend in a certain direction and a plurality of data electrodes extend in a direction perpendicular to the direction can be provided. In the transmissive liquid crystal display device, light (illumination light) from the light source enters from the second substrate and is emitted from the first substrate. On the other hand, in a reflective liquid crystal display device, light (illumination light) from a light source is incident from a first substrate and is, for example, a second electrode (pixel electrode) formed on the inner surface of the second substrate. And is emitted from the first substrate again. The opening can be obtained, for example, by forming an opaque insulating material layer for light from the light source (illumination light) between the transparent second electrode and the alignment film, and forming the opening in the insulating material layer. . In addition, as the reflective liquid crystal display device, an LCoS (Liquid Crystal on Silicon) type can also be used.

  For example, when a liquid crystal display device composed of ferroelectric liquid crystal is used as the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus), it is necessary to bring it closer to plus / minus 0 in terms of DC when a drive voltage is applied. That is, when a positive potential or a negative potential is applied for a certain period (where applied voltage × time is V × t), a voltage that cancels the same amount of V × t is It is necessary to apply for a period. In a ferroelectric liquid crystal, if such an operation is not performed, charges are accumulated in the ferroelectric liquid crystal, and a kind of baking occurs. Therefore, when it is necessary to continue a sequence in which a two-dimensional image is generated by a light modulation means or a two-dimensional image forming apparatus and then not generated, or when such a sequence can be adopted, It is preferable to use a liquid crystal display device composed of ferroelectric liquid crystal capable of high-speed operation.

  As a one-dimensional spatial light modulator (one-dimensional image forming apparatus), more specifically, an apparatus in which diffraction grating-light modulation elements (GLV: Grating Light Valve) are arranged one-dimensionally in an array ( Hereinafter, it may be referred to as a diffraction grating-light modulation device).

  In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the first aspect to the eighth aspect and the twelfth aspect to the thirteenth aspect of the present invention, the optical system projects the conjugate image formed by the conjugate image forming means. An optical means for projecting an image formed by the third lens or the fifth lens may be provided behind the third lens or the fifth lens. The three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the ninth to tenth aspects of the present invention may include optical means for projecting an image formed by the image forming means, or An optical means for projecting an image formed by the third lens may be provided behind the third lens.

In the image display device having the A configuration or the B image display device, a camera including a CCD element and a CMOS sensor that extracts a part of light emitted from the optical system of the I × J three-dimensional image display devices The position information of the image emitted from the three-dimensional image display device can be obtained using such a light detection means. Then, based on the two-dimensional image data obtained by comparing the position of the image emitted from each three-dimensional image display device with the reference image position and correcting the positional deviation from the reference image position obtained as a result of the comparison, An image display method for generating a two-dimensional image in a modulation unit or a two-dimensional image forming apparatus can be provided. In order to detect misregistration, a kind of test pattern may be reproduced on the image display device. Such comparison may be performed by control means (for example, a computer such as a well-known personal computer or a so-called workstation provided with a recording means including a hard disk or various solid-state memories) provided in the image display apparatus. Such comparison may be performed after the image display device is assembled, or may be performed during maintenance or inspection of the image display device. Alternatively, in some cases, it may be executed at the start of the operation of the image display device. Then, based on the two-dimensional image data obtained by correcting the positional deviation from the reference image position obtained as a result of comparison (hereinafter referred to as “corrected two-dimensional image data” for convenience), in the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus. A two-dimensional image is generated, but the corrected two-dimensional image data may be newly created two-dimensional image data different from the two-dimensional image data before correction, or the two-dimensional image data before correction is corrected. It is good also as the two-dimensional image data produced by this. In the latter case, the corrected two-dimensional image data is temporarily stored in the storage means provided in the image display device, and the two-dimensional image is based on the corrected two-dimensional image data stored in the storage means as desired. May be generated. Alternatively, a kind of correction coefficient is stored in a storage unit provided in the image display device, and two-dimensional image data before correction sent from the outside is corrected based on the correction coefficient, and the corrected two-dimensional image is corrected. A two-dimensional image may be generated based on the data. Assuming an X _SP Y _SP Z _SP space in a spatial region where an image based on each three-dimensional image display device is imaged as a positional deviation from the reference image position (where the center of the image is the origin point) Where the central axis of the light beam forming the image is the Z _SP axis, the X _SP axis and the Y _SP axis are orthogonal to each other and also orthogonal to the Z axis _SP ), the displacement in the X _SP axis direction, Y _SP axial displacement, Z _SP-axis direction displacement, rotation about the Z _SP axis, rotation about an axis parallel to the Z _SP-axis, and can include so-called "tilt". The “tilt” refers to a phenomenon in which the X _SP Y _SP plane is not orthogonal to the Z _SP axis and is tilted.

  Thus, based on the two-dimensional image data obtained by comparing the position of the image emitted from each three-dimensional image display device with the reference image position and correcting the positional deviation from the reference image position obtained as a result of the comparison, light modulation is performed. Even if a slight error occurs in the setting of the I × J three-dimensional image display device by generating a two-dimensional image in the means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus, the adjacent divided image unit and the divided image unit It is possible to increase the size of the three-dimensional image without causing a problem that a joint or a discrepancy is not conspicuous in a portion of the image straddling, and the quality of the display image is not deteriorated. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the assembly man-hours and cost of the I × J 3D image display device, and to easily change or change the optical system setting that has occurred while using the image display device for a long time. It can be corrected.

  In the three-dimensional image display device according to the first to thirteenth aspects of the present invention, when the number P × Q of pixels (pixels) of a two-dimensional image is represented by (P, Q), (P, Q) Specifically, the values are VGA (640, 480), S-VGA (800, 600), XGA (1024, 768), APRC (1152, 900), S-XGA (1280, 1024), U-XGA. (1600, 1200), HD-TV (1920, 1080), Q-XGA (2048, 1536), (1920, 1035), (720, 480), (1280, 960), etc. Some examples can be given, but the present invention is not limited to these values.

  The image display device having the A configuration according to the present invention includes I × J three-dimensional image display devices, the optical path of light emitted from one three-dimensional image display device, and another three-dimensional image display device. Between the optical paths of the light emitted from the image display device, there is an interval of at least one optical path when these optical paths are first merged. As a result, the light rays emitted from the three-dimensional image display device are collected by the optical path coupling means so that one three-dimensional image finally divided into I × J is obtained. Can be reduced. Accordingly, a decrease in the amount of light emitted from one 3D image display device can be suppressed, so that the light output of the light source can be reduced, and an inexpensive and small light source can be selected. Further, as a result of the reduction in the number of components constituting the image display device, the manufacturing cost of the image display device can be reduced, the assembly and adjustment of the image display device can be facilitated, and the time can be reduced. It is extremely difficult to appropriately design an optical system in which there is no gap between the optical paths when the optical paths are first merged while reducing the number of optical path coupling means, and image display The assembly and adjustment of the device is also very difficult.

  In the image display device having the B configuration of the present invention, the light detection means for measuring the light intensity of the light emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is located at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer. Is arranged. If the light emission state of the light source is controlled based on the measurement result of the light intensity in the light detection means, or the operation state of the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus is controlled, I × J three-dimensional images. It is possible to provide an image display device having high display image quality, in which variations in brightness (luminance) hardly occur between divided image units obtained from the display device. In addition, it is possible to easily deal with luminance variations caused by errors during the assembly of the image display device, and to facilitate the assembly and adjustment of the image display device and to shorten the time.

  In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the first aspect of the present invention to the third aspect of the present invention, a two-dimensional image is generated and generated by the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus. The spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image is emitted along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel and the diffracted light generating means, and the spatial frequency is Fourier transformed by the Fourier transform image forming means or the first lens, The number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders is generated, and the Fourier transform image selection means or the spatial filter corresponds to the desired diffraction order among the Fourier transform images generated by the number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders. The Fourier transform image to be selected is selected in synchronism with the formation timing of the two-dimensional image, and the conjugate image forming means (the second lens and the third lens) performs the Fourier transform. A conjugate image of the Fourier transform image selected based on the image selection means or the spatial filter is formed, and the operation of finally reaching the observer is sequentially repeated in time series so that a plurality of diffraction orders are obtained. The corresponding light group can be generated and scattered in a spatially high density and distributed in multiple directions. As a result, the light diffraction phenomenon that is not possible in the past can be efficiently performed. Based on the light beam reproduction method used in the above, a three-dimensional image having a texture close to that of a real world object can be obtained without increasing the size of the entire three-dimensional image display device.

  In the three-dimensional image display device according to the fourth aspect to the sixth aspect of the present invention, a two-dimensional image is generated by the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus), and the generation is performed. The spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image is emitted along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel and the like, and the spatial frequency is Fourier-transformed by the image limiting / generating means (first lens). A number of Fourier transform images corresponding to the diffraction orders are generated, and only a predetermined Fourier transform image is selected by the image limiting / generating means (scattering diffraction limiting aperture), and the image limiting / generating means (second lens) is selected. ) Generates a conjugate image of the two-dimensional image. Then, the spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is emitted from the oversampling filter along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each aperture region, and Fourier transform image forming means (third lens) As a result, the spatial frequency is Fourier transformed to generate a number of Fourier transformed images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each aperture region. Next, a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order among the Fourier transform images generated by the Fourier transform image selection means (spatial filter) corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each aperture region is a two-dimensional image. The conjugate image of the Fourier transform image selected based on the Fourier transform image selection means (spatial filter) is formed by the conjugate image formation means (second lens and third lens). Finally reach the observer. Such operations are sequentially repeated in time series, so that a group of rays corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each aperture region in the oversampling filter can be spatially high in density and As a result of being able to generate and scatter in a state distributed in the direction, the entire three-dimensional image display device is large-sized based on a light beam reproduction method that efficiently utilizes the light diffraction phenomenon, which has not been achieved by using such a light beam group. It is possible to obtain an image (stereoscopic image) having a texture close to that of a real world object. Moreover, in the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the fourth aspect to the sixth aspect of the present invention, an oversampling filter is arranged, that is, a light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) and Since the read image (a conjugate image of the two-dimensional image) is newly spatially sampled, the size of the finally obtained image and the viewing angle can be controlled independently. Therefore, the scale (size) of the displayed image (stereoscopic image) can be increased while expanding the area of the observed image (stereoscopic image).

  In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the seventh aspect to the eighth aspect of the present invention, a two-dimensional image is generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus, and the spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image is a refractive type. Are emitted along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders by an optical device that is an assembly of optical elements composed of the lattice-like elements, and the spatial frequency is Fourier-transformed by the Fourier transform image forming means or the first lens, The number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders is generated, and the Fourier transform image selection means or the spatial filter corresponds to the desired diffraction order among the Fourier transform images generated by the number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders. The Fourier transform image to be selected is selected in synchronization with the formation timing of the two-dimensional image, and the conjugate image forming means (second lens and third lens) A conjugate image of the Fourier transform image selected based on the Rie transform image selection means or the spatial filter is formed, and the operation of finally reaching the observer is sequentially repeated in time series so that a plurality of diffraction orders are obtained. Can be generated and scattered in a spatially high density and distributed in multiple directions. As a result, such a light group effectively eliminates the light diffraction phenomenon that has never existed in the past. Based on the light ray reproduction method that has been used, it is possible to obtain an image (stereoscopic image) having a texture close to that of an object in the real world without increasing the size of the entire three-dimensional image display device.

  The spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus is changed along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders by an amplitude grating having a rectangular opening and generating Fraunhofer diffraction based on the rectangular opening. In some cases, it is difficult to produce an amplitude grating having a high aperture ratio. And since light utilization efficiency is dependent on the aperture ratio of an opening, there exists a possibility that it may become difficult to achieve high light utilization efficiency. On the other hand, when generating a Fourier transform image by Fourier transforming the spatial frequency in a two-dimensional image, the uniformity between the Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (uniformity of light intensity between diffraction orders) is The smaller, the better. In the three-dimensional image display device according to the seventh aspect to the eighth aspect of the present invention, an optical device that is not an amplitude grating but an assembly of optical elements composed of refractive lattice elements is employed. Therefore, not only can the optical element itself have a high aperture ratio and can improve the light utilization efficiency, but also the light incident on the optical element is condensed at almost one point, so that a small aperture is obtained. Therefore, high uniformity can be achieved between Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders. In addition, by optimizing the optical device, a large amount of energy can be distributed even for high-order diffraction. For example, if a phase grating in which a large number of concave portions are formed on a glass flat plate is employed, it is possible to increase the light utilization efficiency. However, in the case of pattern generation by phase modulation, an arbitrary pattern can be generated in a specific plane. However, in a system that generates an image by light rays in an arbitrary plane, a specific pattern is determined in an arbitrary plane. Is extremely difficult to generate. In the three-dimensional image display device according to the seventh aspect to the eighth aspect of the present invention, an optical device that is an assembly of optical elements composed of refractive grating elements is employed instead of the phase grating. Thus, such a problem in the phase grating can be solved.

  In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the ninth to eleventh aspects of the present invention, a two-dimensional image is generated by the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus), and a space in the generated two-dimensional image The frequency is emitted along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel and the like, and the spatial frequency is Fourier-transformed by the image limiting / generation means (first lens) to obtain a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders. A Fourier transform image is generated, and only a predetermined Fourier transform image is selected by the image limiting / generating means (scattering diffraction limiting aperture), and the conjugate of the two-dimensional image is performed by the image limiting / generating means (second lens). An image is generated. Then, the spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing means at a desired angle with respect to the z ′ axis that is the optical axis. Further, a conjugate image of the Fourier transform image emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing unit is formed on the imaging plane by the imaging unit (third lens), and finally reaches the observer. And, such operations are sequentially repeated in time series so that the light beam emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing means is spatially high in density and distributed in a plurality of directions. As a result of being able to generate and scatter, a three-dimensional image display device based on a light beam reproduction method that efficiently controls the direction component of the light beam for forming an image (stereoscopic image), which is not conventionally used, with such a light beam group An image (stereoscopic image) with a texture close to that of a real world object can be obtained without increasing the overall size. Moreover, in the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the ninth to eleventh aspects of the present invention, the loss of light quantity in the light beam traveling direction changing means is so small as to be negligible, so that it finally reaches the observer. The contrast of the image does not decrease, and a clear and blur-free image (stereoscopic image) can be observed.

In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the twelfth to thirteenth aspects of the present invention, light modulation means (two-dimensional) is based on light (illumination light) sequentially emitted from different light emission positions of the light source and having different incident directions. A two-dimensional image is generated by the image forming apparatus), and a spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image is emitted along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel and the like, and Fourier transform image forming means The spatial frequency is Fourier-transformed by the (first lens), and Fourier transform images (diffracted light) corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders are generated and formed, and finally reach the observer. The image reaching the observer includes a component in the incident direction of light (illumination light) to the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus). Then, by repeating such operations sequentially and time-sequentially, a group of light beams (for example, LEP _Total light beams) emitted from the Fourier transform image forming means (first lens) can be spatially converted. As a result of being able to generate and scatter in a state of high density and distributed in multiple directions, the light ray group efficiently creates the direction component of the light rays that make up an image (stereoscopic image) that has never existed in the past. Based on the controlled light beam reproduction method, it is possible to obtain an image (stereoscopic image) having a texture close to an object in the real world without increasing the size of the entire three-dimensional image display device. Moreover, in the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the twelfth to thirteenth aspects of the present invention, for example, if an image (stereoscopic image) is formed based on the 0th-order diffracted light, the image is bright, clear, and high quality. (Stereoscopic image) can be obtained.

  Hereinafter, the present invention will be described based on examples with reference to the drawings.

  Example 1 relates to an image display device according to the first A aspect and the second A aspect of the present invention. FIG. 1 is a conceptual diagram of an image display device according to Embodiment 1 or Embodiments 3 to 13 described later. 2 are conceptual diagrams of the optical path when the optical path is cut by a virtual plane indicated by alternate long and short dashed lines A, B, C, D, E, F, and G in FIG. ). In FIG. 1, the optical path is displayed as a continuous rectangle and a rectangle filled with black.

  9, 10, and 11 are conceptual diagrams of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the first embodiment for monochrome display. In FIG. 9, the optical axis is the z axis, the orthogonal coordinates in the plane orthogonal to the z axis are the x axis and the y axis, the direction parallel to the x axis is the X direction, and the direction parallel to the y axis is Y. The direction. The X direction is, for example, the horizontal direction in the 3D image display device, and the Y direction is, for example, the vertical direction in the 3D image display device. Here, FIG. 9 is a conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display apparatus of Example 1 on the yz plane. The conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the first embodiment in the xz plane is also substantially the same as FIG. FIG. 10 is a conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the first embodiment when viewed from an oblique direction. FIG. 11 schematically illustrates the arrangement state of the components of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the first embodiment. FIG. The z-axis (corresponding to the optical axis) passes through the center of each component constituting the three-dimensional image display device of each embodiment, and is orthogonal to each component constituting the three-dimensional image display device.

  In the display of stereoscopic images using the conventional ray reconstruction method, rays that are emitted at various angles are provided in advance in order to emit a plurality of rays with the virtual object surface existing at an arbitrary position as a virtual origin. It is necessary to have a device that can do this. That is, for example, in the projector assembly apparatus shown in FIG. 63, a large number (for example, M × N) of projector units 701 must be arranged in parallel in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction.

  On the other hand, in the three-dimensional image display device 1A according to the first embodiment, the three-dimensional image display device alone having the components shown in FIGS. 9, 10, and 11 is spatially compared with the conventional technique. It is possible to generate and form a large number of light beams with a high density. The three-dimensional image display apparatus 1A of Embodiment 1 is a single three-dimensional image display apparatus, and a large number (M × N) of projector units 701 shown in FIG. 63 are arranged in parallel in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction. It has a function equivalent to the projector assembly device. In the image display apparatus according to the first embodiment, the number of divided three-dimensional images (I × J, where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2). The three-dimensional image display device 1A according to the first embodiment is provided. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 1, I × J = 6 × 2 = 12 three-dimensional image display devices 1A are provided. Here, a virtual plane indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 1 is a plane on which a conjugate image CI of a Fourier transform image described later is formed, and a large number (M × N) shown in FIG. 63 is included in the virtual plane. The projector assembly apparatus in which the projector units 701 are arranged in parallel in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction has a function equivalent to the arrangement of I × J units. More specifically, as will be described later, the image display apparatus according to the first embodiment has a function equivalent to that in which 81 × I × J projector units 701 are arranged.

In the image display device according to the first embodiment, the three-dimensional image display device has I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2). More specifically, in the image display apparatus according to the first embodiment, the three-dimensional image display apparatuses 1A ₁₁ , 1A ₁₂ , 1A ₁₃ , 1A ₁₄ , 1A ₁₅ , 1A ₁₆ , 1A ₂₁ , 1A ₂₂ , 1A ₂₃ , 1A ₂₄ , 1A ₂₅ , 1A ₂₆ are I units in the first direction, J units in the second direction, a total of I × J units (I = 6, J = 2 in the first embodiment), array Has been.

  And as shown to (A)-(G) of FIG. 2, between the optical path of the light radiate | emitted from one 3D image display apparatus, and the optical path of the light radiate | emitted from the other 3D image display apparatus. , There is at least one optical path interval when these optical paths are first merged. 2A to 2G, the optical path is surrounded by a solid square. The reference number in the square is the reference number of the corresponding three-dimensional image display device. Specifically, when the one three-dimensional image display device is (i, j) th (where 1 ≦ i ≦ I, 1 ≦ j ≦ J), the (i, j) th three-dimensional image is displayed. The optical path of the light emitted from the display device is the (i, j-1) th three-dimensional image display device, the (i, j + 1) th three-dimensional image display device, and the (i-1, j) th light. The three-dimensional image display device, the optical path of the light emitted from the (i + 1, j) -th three-dimensional image display device, does not first merge. That is, when one three-dimensional image display device is the (i, j) th three-dimensional image display device, the other three-dimensional image display device is the (i-1, j) th three-dimensional image. Display device, (i + 1, j) -th three-dimensional image display device, (i, j-1) -th three-dimensional image display device, three-dimensional other than (i, j + 1) -th three-dimensional image display device An image display device.

  Further, in the image display device of the first embodiment, the I × J (= 12) three-dimensional image display devices are divided into a plurality of groups (4 in the first embodiment). These optical paths are between an optical path of light emitted from one 3D image display device belonging to this group and an optical path of light emitted from another 3D image display device belonging to this group. At the time of the first merge, there is at least one optical path interval. Furthermore, the optical path of the light emitted from the three-dimensional image display device belonging to one group and the optical path of the light emitted from the three-dimensional image display device belonging to another group are the optical path coupling means 91 (specifically, Are combined via a half mirror, and the number of optical path coupling means 91 is (NG-1) when the number of groups of the three-dimensional image display device is NG. Here, in Example 1, since NG = 4, the number of the optical path coupling means 91 is “3”. Reference numeral 92 is a total reflection mirror.

  More specifically, a three-dimensional image display device constituting each group will be exemplified below.

[First group]
The (1,1) th 3-dimensional image display apparatus 1A ₁₁
The (1,3) th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₁₃
The (1,5) th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₁₅
[Second group]
The (1,2) -th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₁₂
The (1,4) th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₁₄
The (1,6) th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₁₆
[Third group]
The (2,1) -th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₂₁
The (2,3) th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₂₃
The (2,5) -th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₂₅
[4th group]
The (2,2) -th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₂₂
The (2,4) th 3-dimensional image display apparatus 1A ₂₄
The (2,6) th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₂₆

  Alternatively, the three-dimensional image display devices constituting each group may be as follows. In addition, the three-dimensional image display apparatus which comprises a group is an illustration, and can be variously changed.

[First group]
The (1,1) th 3-dimensional image display apparatus 1A ₁₁
The (2,2) -th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₂₂
The (1,3) th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₁₃
[Second group]
The (2,1) -th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₂₁
The (1,2) -th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₁₂
The (2,3) th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₂₃
[Third group]
The (2,4) th 3-dimensional image display apparatus 1A ₂₄
The (1,5) th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₁₅
The (2,6) th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₂₆
[4th group]
The (1,4) th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₁₄
The (2,5) -th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₂₅
The (1,6) th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₁₆

For example, the optical path of the (1,2) th light emitted from the three-dimensional image display device 1A ₁₂ includes a first (1, 1) th 3-dimensional image display apparatus 1A _11, the (1,3) th The three-dimensional image display device 1A ₁₃ and the optical path of the light emitted from the (2,2) -th three-dimensional image display device 1A ₂₂ do not first merge. Further, for example, the optical path of light emitted from the three-dimensional image display device 1A ₁₁ belonging to the first group and the optical path of light emitted from the other three-dimensional image display devices 1A ₁₃ and 1A ₁₅ belonging to the first group. In between, there is at least one optical path spacing when these optical paths are first merged.

  As described above, the image display apparatus according to the first embodiment includes I × J three-dimensional image display apparatuses. The optical path of light emitted from one three-dimensional image display apparatus and the other three are displayed. There is an interval of at least one optical path between the optical paths of the light emitted from the two-dimensional image display device when these optical paths are first merged. As a result, the light beams emitted from the three-dimensional image display device are collected by the optical path coupling unit 91 so that one three-dimensional image finally divided into I × J is obtained. Is “3”. On the other hand, when the conventional technique is applied, 11 optical path coupling means are required for 12 3D image display devices. That is, as shown in FIG. 62, five optical path coupling means are required for six three-dimensional image display devices, and one group consisting of two three-dimensional image display devices. Therefore, a total of 11 optical path coupling means are required. Thus, in the first embodiment, the number of optical path coupling means 91 can be reduced. Moreover, in the first embodiment, the optical path passes through at most two optical path coupling means. On the other hand, when the conventional technique is applied, the optical path passes through a maximum of four optical path coupling means. Accordingly, a decrease in the amount of light emitted from one 3D image display device can be suppressed, so that the light output of the light source can be reduced, and an inexpensive and small light source can be selected. Further, as a result of the reduction in the number of components constituting the image display device, the manufacturing cost of the image display device can be reduced, the assembly and adjustment of the image display device can be facilitated, and the time can be reduced.

  The light beams emitted from the three-dimensional image display device are collected by the optical path coupling unit 91 so that one three-dimensional image finally divided into I × J is obtained. In this case, it is desirable that the divided image units obtained by the light beams emitted from the adjacent three-dimensional image display devices do not overlap each other or slightly overlap each other. In other words, in a state where the light rays are collected, it is necessary that there is no gap between the divided image units obtained by the light rays emitted from the adjacent three-dimensional image display devices.

  As shown in the conceptual diagram of FIG. 3, a virtual three-dimensional image display device can be obtained by arranging a total reflection mirror or a partial reflection mirror 93 in parallel with the optical path of the three-dimensional image display device located at the end. In addition, the light beam reproduction region can be expanded from the arrows “A” to “B” to the arrows “A” to “C”. 3 shows one 3D image display device, a total reflection mirror or a partial reflection mirror may be arranged for a plurality of 3D image display devices. Further, the position of the 3D image display device is not limited to the end portion, and the 3D image display device can be applied to a 3D image display device arranged anywhere as long as the total reflection mirror or the partial reflection mirror can be arranged. .

  Moreover, the optical paths finally combined into one need not be parallel to each other. For example, the I × J 3D image display devices may be arranged so that the light beams from the I × J 3D image display devices are gathered at a certain point in the space in a non-parallel state. . By adopting such an arrangement, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom of the playback state of the stereoscopic image.

  FIG. 4 is a conceptual diagram showing the relationship between the number of groups NG and the number of optical path coupling means 91 when the I × J three-dimensional image display devices are divided into a plurality of groups. When the number of groups of the 3D image display device is NG, the number of the optical path coupling means 91 is (NG-1). In FIG. 4, circles “◯” indicate optical path coupling means.

Describing along the components of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the first aspect of the present invention, the three-dimensional image display apparatus 1A of the first embodiment is a three-dimensional image display apparatus 1A including a light source 10 and an optical system. It is. And this optical system
(A) A plurality of pixels 31 are provided, light from a light source is modulated by each pixel 31 to generate a two-dimensional image, and a spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image is converted into a plurality of diffractions generated from each pixel 31. Light modulating means 30 that emits along a diffraction angle corresponding to the order (total M × N);
(B) Fourier transform image forming means for generating a Fourier transform image having a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N) by subjecting the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means 30 to Fourier transform. 40,
(C) Fourier transform image selection means 50 for selecting a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order among the Fourier transform images generated by the number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders, and
(D) conjugate image forming means 60 for forming a conjugate image of the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selection means;
It has.

Further, the conjugate image forming unit 60 performs inverse Fourier transform on the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selection unit 50 to form a real image of the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation unit 30. Conversion means (specifically, a second lens L ₂ described later) is provided. Further, the Fourier transform image forming means 40 comprises a lens, the light modulation means 30 is disposed on the front focal plane of the lens, and the Fourier transform image selection means 50 is disposed on the rear focal plane of the lens. The Fourier transform image selection means 50 has a number of openings 51 that can be opened and closed corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders.

  Here, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image corresponds to image information using the spatial frequency of the pixel structure as the carrier frequency.

Further, the description will be made along the constituent elements of the three-dimensional image display device according to the second aspect of the present invention. Device. And this optical system
(A) P × Q apertures (where P and Q are arbitrary positive integers) arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X direction and the Y direction, and the light from the light source 10 A two-dimensional image is generated by controlling the passage for each aperture, and M sets from the m-th order to the m′-th order along the X direction are provided for each aperture based on the two-dimensional image (however, m and m ′ are integers, M is a positive integer), and N sets from the n-th order to the n′-th order along the Y direction (where n and n ′ are integers, N is a positive number) A two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 that generates a total of M × N sets of diffracted light,
(B) a first lens (more specifically, a convex lens in the first embodiment) L ₁ in which the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is disposed on the front focal plane thereof;
(C) M × N open / close controllable openings 51 are arranged on the rear focal plane of the first lens L ₁ and M in the X direction and N in the Y direction. A spatial filter SF,
(D) a second lens (more specifically, a convex lens in Example 1) L ₂ in which a spatial filter SF is disposed on its front focal plane, and
(E) a third lens (more specifically, a convex lens in the first embodiment) L ₃ in which the front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the second lens L ₂ ;
It has.

Here, in Example 1, Example 2, Example 3, Example 4 and Example 13 described later, P = 1024, Q = 768, m = -4, m ′ = 4, M = M'-m + 1 = 9, n = -4, n '= 4, N = n'-n + 1 = 9. However, it is not limited to these values. When the constituent elements of the three-dimensional image display apparatus in the first aspect of the present invention are compared with the constituent elements of the three-dimensional image display apparatus in the second aspect or the third aspect of the present invention, the light modulation means 30 is two-dimensional. Corresponding to the image forming apparatus 30, the Fourier transform image forming means 40 corresponds to the first lens L ₁ , the Fourier transform image selecting means 50 corresponds to the spatial filter SF, and the inverse Fourier transform means is the second lens L _1. The conjugate image forming means 60 corresponds to the second lens L ₂ and the third lens L ₃ . Therefore, for the sake of convenience, the following description will be made based on the terms two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, first lens L ₁ , spatial filter SF, second lens L ₁ , and third lens L ₃ .

  An illumination optical system 20 for shaping the light emitted from the light source 10 is disposed between the light source 10 and the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. The two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is illuminated with light (illumination light) emitted from the light source 10 and passed through the illumination optical system 20. As illumination light, for example, light obtained by shaping light from the light source 10 with high spatial coherence into parallel light by the illumination optical system 20 is used. The characteristics of the illumination light and a specific configuration example for obtaining the illumination light will be described later.

  The two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 includes a two-dimensional spatial light modulator having a plurality of pixels 31 arranged two-dimensionally, and each pixel 31 has an opening. Specifically, the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 or the two-dimensional spatial light modulator is two-dimensionally arranged, that is, P × Q arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X direction and the Y direction. It consists of a transmissive liquid crystal display device having a number of pixels 31, and each pixel 31 is provided with an opening.

  One pixel 31 is an overlapping region of the transparent first electrode and the transparent second electrode, and includes a region including a liquid crystal cell. Then, by operating the liquid crystal cell as a kind of light shutter (light valve), that is, by controlling the light transmittance of each pixel 31, the light transmittance of the light emitted from the light source 10 is controlled, As a whole, a two-dimensional image can be obtained. In the overlapping region of the transparent first electrode and the transparent second electrode, a rectangular opening is provided, and when light emitted from the light source 10 passes through the opening, Fraunhofer diffraction occurs. XN sets = 81 sets of diffracted light are generated. In other words, since the number of pixels 31 is P × Q, it can be considered that a total of (P × Q × M × N) diffracted lights are generated. In the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image is emitted from the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N) generated from each pixel 31. . The diffraction angle varies depending on the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image.

A two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is arranged on the front focal plane (focal plane on the light source side) of the first lens L ₁ having a focal length f _1, and the rear focal plane (observation) of the first lens L _1. The spatial filter SF is disposed on the focal plane on the person side. The first lens L ₁ generates M × N = 81 Fourier transform images that are numbers corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders, and these Fourier transform images are formed on the spatial filter SF. In FIG. 10, for the sake of convenience, 64 Fourier transform images are shown as dots.

Specifically, the spatial filter SF is a spatial filter capable of temporal opening and closing control for spatially and temporally filtering the Fourier transform image. More specifically, the spatial filter SF has a number of openings 51 that can be controlled to open and close (specifically, M × N = 81) corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders. In the spatial filter SF, one Fourier corresponding to a desired diffraction order is obtained by opening one desired opening 51 in synchronization with the generation timing of a two-dimensional image by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. Select the conversion image. More specifically, the spatial filter SF is, for example, a transmissive liquid crystal display device or a reflective liquid crystal display device using a ferroelectric liquid crystal having M × N pixels, or a movable mirror is a two-dimensional matrix. It can be composed of a two-dimensional type MEMS including devices arranged in a shape. FIG. 12 shows a schematic front view of the spatial filter SF composed of a liquid crystal display device. In FIG. 12, numerals (m ₀ , n ₀ ) indicate the numbers of the openings 51 and the diffraction orders. That is, for example, a Fourier transform image having a diffraction order of m ₀ = 3 and n ₀ = 2 is incident on the (3, 2) -th opening 51.

As described above, specifically, the conjugate image forming unit 60 includes the second lens L ₂ and the third lens L ₃ . The second lens L ₂ having the focal length f ₂ performs the inverse Fourier transform on the Fourier transform image filtered by the spatial filter SF, thereby realizing the real image RI of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. Form. The third lens L ₃ having a focal length f ₃ forms a conjugate image CI of the Fourier transform image filtered by the spatial filter SF.

The second lens L ₂ is arranged on the front focal plane so that the spatial filter SF is positioned, and a real image RI of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is formed on the rear focal plane. Are arranged to be. The magnification of the real image RI obtained here with respect to the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 can be changed by arbitrarily selecting the focal length f ₂ of the second lens L ₂ .

On the other hand, the third lens L ₃ is arranged such that its front focal plane coincides with the rear focal plane of the second lens L ₂ , and a conjugate image CI of the Fourier transform image is formed on the rear focal plane. Are arranged as follows. Here, since the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ is a conjugate plane of the spatial filter SF, it is generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 from a portion corresponding to one opening 51 on the spatial filter SF. This is equivalent to the output of the two-dimensional image. The amount of light finally generated and output is an amount obtained by multiplying the number of pixels (P × Q) by a plurality of diffraction orders (specifically, M × N) transmitted through the optical system. Can be defined. Further, although the back focal plane of the third lens L ₃ conjugate image CI of the Fourier transform image is formed, in the back focal plane of the third lens L _3, orderly group of light beams are two-dimensionally It can be regarded as being placed. That is, as a whole, the projector unit 701 shown in FIG. 63 is arranged for a plurality of diffraction orders (specifically, M × N) on the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ . Is equivalent to

As schematically shown in FIGS. 10 and 13, nine pixels from the fourth order to the fourth order along the X direction are arranged along the Y direction by one pixel 31 in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. Nine sets from the −4th order to the + 4′th order, a total of M × N sets = 81 sets, are generated. In FIG. 13, only the diffracted light of 0th order light (n ₀ = 0), ± 1st order light (n ₀ = ± 1), and ± 2nd order light (n ₀ = ± 2) is shown as a representative. As shown, higher-order diffracted light is actually generated, and a stereoscopic image is finally formed based on these diffracted light. Here, all image information (information of all pixels) of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is collected in the diffracted light (light beam) of each diffraction order. A plurality of light beam groups (9 × 9 = 81 light beam groups) generated by diffraction from the same pixel on the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 all have the same image information at the same time. In other words, in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 including a transmissive liquid crystal display device having P × Q pixels 31, the light from the light source 10 is modulated by each pixel 31 to generate a two-dimensional image. In addition, the spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image is emitted along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N) generated from each pixel 31. That is, M × N types of copies of the two-dimensional image are emitted from the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N).

Then, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image in which all the image information of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is aggregated is Fourier-transformed by the first lens L ₁ , and a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × The number of Fourier transform images corresponding to N) is generated, and the Fourier transform images are formed on the spatial filter SF. In the first lens L ₁ , a Fourier transform image having a spatial frequency in a two-dimensional image emitted along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders is generated. Obtainable.

Here, the wavelength of the light (illumination light) emitted from the light source 10 is λ (mm), the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is ν (lp / mm), and the first lens Assuming that the focal length of L ₁ is f ₁ (mm), light having a spatial frequency ν (Fourier transform image) at a distance Y ₁ (mm) from the optical axis on the rear focal plane of the first lens L _1. ) Appears.

Y ₁ = f ₁ · λ · ν (1)

FIG. 14 schematically shows a condensing state of the first lens L ₁ . In FIG. 14, “Y ₀ ” indicates the length in the y-axis direction of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, and “Y ₁ ” is generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. The interval in the y-axis direction of the Fourier transform image on the spatial filter SF based on the two-dimensional image is shown. Further, the 0th-order diffracted light is indicated by a solid line, the first-order diffracted light is indicated by a dotted line, and the second-order diffracted light is indicated by a one-dot chain line. In other words, the diffracted light of each diffraction order, in other words, the Fourier transform image generated by the number corresponding to the diffraction order is condensed by the first lens L ₁ on different openings 51 on the spatial filter SF (FIG. 10). As described above, the number of the openings 51 is M × N = 81. The converging angle (divergence angle after being emitted from the spatial filter SF) θ to the spatial filter SF is the same in the P × Q pixels 31 in the Fourier transform image (or diffracted light) having the same diffraction order. It is. On the spatial filter SF, the interval between the Fourier transform images of adjacent diffraction orders can be obtained from Equation (1). By arbitrarily selecting the focal length f ₁ of the first lens L ₁ from the equation (1), the position of the Fourier transform image (image position on the spatial filter SF) can be changed.

In the first lens L _1, in order to transmit the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted along the diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders, the first lens L ₁ in accordance with the diffraction order to use It is necessary to select an aperture ratio NA, and the aperture ratios of all lenses after the first lens L ₁ are required to be equal to or higher than the aperture ratio NA of the first lens L ₁ regardless of the focal length. .

Size of the opening 51 may be the same value as the value of Y ₁ in the formula (1). As an example, the wavelength λ of the illumination light 532 nm, and the focal length f ₁ of the first lens L ₁ 50 mm, the size of one pixel 31 of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is for approximately 13Myuemu～14myuemu, Y ₁ Value Is about 2 mm. This means that a Fourier transform image corresponding to each diffraction order can be obtained at a high density of about 2 mm on the spatial filter SF. In other words, 9 × 9 = 81 Fourier transform images can be obtained on the spatial filter SF at intervals of about 2 mm in both the X direction and the Y direction.

  Here, since the spatial frequency ν in the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 including the P × Q pixels 31, the two-dimensional image is generated. At most, the frequency has a period composed of two consecutive pixels 31 constituting the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30.

FIG. 15A is a schematic front view of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 in the state where the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is the lowest. Here, the state with the lowest spatial frequency is a case where all pixels are displayed in black or white, and the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image in this case has only a plane wave component (DC component). . Note that FIG. 15A shows the case of white display. In this case, the frequency characteristic of the light intensity of the Fourier transform image formed by the first lens L ₁ is schematically shown in FIG. 16A. The peak of the light intensity of the Fourier transform image has a frequency ν _1. Appears at intervals of.

On the other hand, FIG. 15B shows a schematic front view of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 in the state where the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is the highest. Here, the state with the highest spatial frequency is a case where all the pixels alternately display black display and white display. In this case, the frequency characteristic of the light intensity of the Fourier transform image formed by the first lens L ₁ is schematically shown in FIG. 16B. The peak of the light intensity of the Fourier transform image has a frequency ν _2. (= ν _1/2) appears at intervals. FIG. 17A schematically shows the distribution of the Fourier transform image on the spatial filter SF (on the xy plane), and FIGS. 17B and 17C show the x-axis of FIG. The light intensity distribution of the Fourier transform image on (it represents with a dotted line) is shown typically. FIG. 17B shows the lowest spatial frequency component (plane wave component), and FIG. 17C shows the highest spatial frequency component.

  15A and 15B, the spatial frequency is the lowest, the spatial frequency is the highest, and the frequency of the light intensity of the Fourier transform image shown in FIGS. 16A and 16B. The discussion on the characteristics, the distribution of the Fourier transform image on the spatial filter SF shown in FIGS. 17A, 17B, and 17C, and the light intensity distribution of the Fourier transform image also applies to other embodiments described later. can do.

  The planar shape of the opening 51 in the spatial filter SF may be determined based on the shape of the Fourier transform image. Furthermore, an opening 51 may be provided for each diffraction order so that the peak position of the plane wave component of the Fourier transform image is centered. As a result, the peak of the light intensity of the Fourier transform image is located at the center position 52 of each opening 51. That is, an opening that allows all the highest positive and negative spatial frequencies in the two-dimensional image to pass through the periodic pattern of the Fourier transform image when the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image is the lowest spatial frequency component (plane wave component). 51 may be used.

By the way, the state having the highest spatial frequency is a case where all pixels alternately display black and white as shown in FIG. The relationship between the spatial frequency of the pixel structure in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 and the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image is as follows. That is, assuming that the aperture occupies all of the pixels, the highest spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image is (1/2) of the spatial frequency of the pixel structure. Also, if the aperture occupies a certain percentage of pixels (less than 1), the highest spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image is below (1/2) the spatial frequency of the pixel structure. Therefore, all the spatial frequencies in the two-dimensional image appear up to the half of the periodic pattern interval due to the pixel structure appearing in the spatial filter SF. For this reason, all the openings 51 can be arranged without spatially interfering with each other. That is, for example, the (3,2) th aperture 51, while the Fourier transform image having a diffraction order of _{m 0 = 3, n 0 =} 2 enters, the _{m 0 = 3, n 0 =} 2 The Fourier transform image having the diffraction order does not enter the other openings 51. As a result, the space in the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 in the Fourier transform image located in one opening 51 on the spatial filter SF having the independent opening 51 for each Fourier transform image. While the frequency exists, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is not lost due to the spatial restriction of the opening 51. The spatial frequency of the pixel structure can be regarded as the carrier frequency, and the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image corresponds to image information using the spatial frequency of the pixel structure as the carrier frequency.

  In the spatial filter SF, the opening / closing control of the opening 51 is performed in order to control the passage / non-passage of the M × N Fourier transform images. If the spatial filter SF is composed of, for example, a liquid crystal display device, the opening / closing control of the opening 51 can be performed by operating the liquid crystal cell as a kind of light shutter (light valve).

If the brightness of the obtained image is different depending on the diffraction order, a neutral density filter that attenuates a bright image with respect to the darkest image is used as the third lens L ₃ (or most What is necessary is just to arrange | position to the back side focal plane of the lens located behind. The same applies to other embodiments described later.

  Moreover, the opening / closing control of the openings 51 provided in the spatial filter SF may not be performed for all the openings 51. That is, for example, the opening / closing control of every other opening 51 may be performed, or the opening / closing control of only the opening 51 located at a desired position may be performed. The same applies to other embodiments described later.

  The timing of opening / closing control of the opening 51 in the spatial filter SF will be described later. A configuration example of the light source and the illumination optical system will also be described later.

  In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the first embodiment or the second to thirteenth embodiments to be described later, the operation of the light modulation means and the two-dimensional image forming apparatus is controlled by a computer that is a control means provided in the image display apparatus. (Not shown).

As described above, according to the three-dimensional image display apparatus 1A of the first embodiment, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 30 corresponds to a plurality of diffraction orders. The Fourier transform image that is emitted along the diffraction angle and obtained by Fourier transform by the Fourier transform image forming unit 40 (first lens L ₁ ) is obtained by the Fourier transform image selecting unit 50 (spatial filter SF). Spatially and temporally filtered, and has a configuration in which a conjugate image CI of the filtered Fourier transform image is formed. Therefore, the spatial density is high without increasing the size of the entire three-dimensional image display device. Moreover, it is possible to generate and scatter the light group in a state of being distributed in a plurality of directions. In addition, each light beam that is a constituent element of the light beam group can be independently controlled temporally and spatially. As a result, it is possible to obtain a three-dimensional image using light rays that are close to the same quality as real-world objects.

  Further, according to the three-dimensional image display device 1A of the first embodiment, since the light beam reproduction method is used, it is possible to provide a stereoscopic image that satisfies visual functions such as focus adjustment, convergence, and motion parallax. . Furthermore, according to the three-dimensional image display apparatus 1A of the first embodiment, since high-order diffracted light is efficiently used, one image output device (two-dimensional image formation) is compared with a conventional image output method. Light rays (a kind of copy of the two-dimensional image) that can be controlled by the device 30) can be obtained for a plurality of diffraction orders (ie M × N). Moreover, according to the three-dimensional image display apparatus 1A of the first embodiment, spatial and temporal filtering is performed, so that the temporal characteristics of the three-dimensional image display apparatus are changed to the spatial characteristics of the three-dimensional image display apparatus. Can be converted. In addition, a stereoscopic image can be obtained without using a diffusion screen or the like. Furthermore, it is possible to provide an appropriate stereoscopic image for observation from any direction. In addition, since a group of rays can be generated and scattered at a spatially high density, a fine spatial image close to the visual recognition limit can be provided.

  In the following description, it is expressed that a three-dimensional image is generated (formed) by the three-dimensional image display device. However, such a three-dimensional image is actually a part of the three-dimensional image and is a divided image unit. is there. By using I × J image display devices according to the first to thirteenth embodiments, which are combined into a single unit of a three-dimensional image display device that reproduces one divided image unit, I × J units are used. The divided image units are gathered, and one stereoscopic image can be obtained.

  Example 2 relates to an image display device according to the first and second aspects of the present invention. In the second embodiment, an image display apparatus having an optical path configuration similar to that of the conventional one can be used. However, it is desirable that the image display apparatus has the optical path configuration described in the first embodiment. The three-dimensional image display device according to the second embodiment can be the three-dimensional image display device described in the first embodiment or the three-dimensional image display device described in the fourth to thirteenth embodiments described later. The detailed description of the three-dimensional image display device is omitted, and differences from the first embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6 which are conceptual diagrams of the image display device of the second embodiment. .

  By the way, when the observer's pupil or face is located in the space area where the light beam is collected and the observer's face hardly moves (specifically, for example, the observer is sitting on a chair). In some cases, it is important to keep the brightness and luminance uniformity of the stereoscopic image at the position of the observer's pupil high in order to obtain a high-quality stereoscopic image.

In the second embodiment, each of the three-dimensional image display devices 1A ₁₁ , 1A ₁₂ , 1A ₁₃ , 1A ₁₄ , 1A ₁₅ , 1A ₁₆ , 1A ₂₁ , 1A ₂₂ , 1A ₂₃ , 1A ₂₄ , 1A ₂₅ , 1A ₂₆ The light detection means 95 for measuring the light intensity of the emitted light is arranged at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer. Specifically, a half mirror 94 is arranged at an appropriate position, and each of the three-dimensional image display devices 1A ₁₁ , 1A ₁₂ , 1A ₁₃ , 1A ₁₄ , 1A ₁₅ , 1A ₁₆ , 1A ₂₁ , 1A ₂₂ , 1A ₂₃ , 1A ₂₄ , 1A ₂₅ , 1A _26, a part of the light is extracted by the half mirror 94, condensed and collimated by the lens 96, and guided to the light detection means 95. The light detection means 95 is composed of, for example, a photodiode, a CCD, a CMOS sensor, or a camera provided with a CCD element or a CMOS sensor. If necessary, a light diffusing plate may be disposed between the half mirror 94 and the lens 96. Here, the light intensity (luminance) is detected by the light detection means 95. Such detection is performed once at the start of the operation of the image display device, that is, once at the time of switch-on. Based on the measurement result of the light intensity in the light detection means 95, the light emission state of the light source 10 is controlled, or the operation state of the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus is controlled. In addition, by performing the detection once at the start of the operation of the image display apparatus, it is possible to suppress excessive control of the light emission state of the light source 10 or excessive control of the light modulation unit or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus. it can.

  And based on the measurement result of the light intensity in the light detection means 95, the light emission state of the light source 10 is controlled. Specifically, as shown in the conceptual diagram of FIG. 6, the operations of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, the light source 10, and the spatial filter SF (Fourier transform image selection means 50) are controlled by the control circuit 97A. More specifically, the control circuit 97A constitutes the light source 10 based on a pulse width modulation (PWM) control method, for example, a light source control circuit 97C that performs on / off control of the light emitting element 11, and a two-dimensional image forming apparatus. The driving circuit 97B is configured. The light source control circuit 97C includes a light emitting element drive circuit 97D and a light detection means control circuit 97E. The control circuit 97A can be a known circuit.

  The light emission state of the light emitting element 11 is measured by the light detecting means 95 formed of a photodiode, and the output from the light detecting means 95 is input to the light detecting means control circuit 97E. In the light detecting means control circuit 97E, for example, Data (signal) as luminance and chromaticity is sent to the light source control circuit 97C and compared with the reference data. Based on the result, the light emission state of the same light emitting element 11 in the next light emission is the light source control. A feedback mechanism that is controlled by the light emitting element driving circuit 97D is formed under the control of the circuit 97C. Further, a current detecting resistor r is inserted downstream of the light emitting element 11 in series with the light emitting element 11, and the current flowing through the resistor r is converted into a voltage, and the voltage drop in the resistor is a predetermined value. The operation of the light emitting element driving power source 97F is controlled under the control of the light source control circuit 97C. Note that a switching element 97G whose on / off operation is controlled by the light emitting element driving circuit 97D is disposed between the light emitting element driving power source 97F and the light emitting element 11. Note that the switching element 97G may be composed of, for example, an FET.

  Alternatively, the operating state of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 may be controlled based on the measurement result of the light intensity in the light detection unit 95. Specifically, the light emission state of the light emitting element 11 is measured by the light detection means 95 formed of a photodiode, and the output from the light detection means 95 is input to the light detection means control circuit 97E. In the light detection means control circuit 97E, For example, data (signals) as luminance and chromaticity of the light emitting element 11 are sent to the light source control circuit 97C and compared with reference data, and the result is sent to the two-dimensional image forming apparatus driving circuit 97B. . Based on the result, a feedback mechanism is formed such that the aperture ratio (light transmittance) at the aperture of the pixel 31 is controlled at the next light emission of the same light emitting element 11. Note that the control of the light emission state of the light source 10 and the operation state of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 may be performed together. Alternatively, the operating state of the spatial filter SF (Fourier transform image selection means 50) may be controlled based on the measurement result of the light intensity in the light detection means 95. By controlling the aperture ratio (light transmittance) at the aperture 51 of the spatial filter SF (Fourier transform image selection means 50), the luminance can be corrected.

  In the image display device of the embodiment, the light detection means 95 for measuring the light intensity of the light emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is arranged at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer. Yes. If the light emission state of the light source 10 is controlled based on the measurement result of the light intensity in the light detection means 95, or the operation state of the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is controlled, I × J units. It is possible to provide an image display device having high display image quality in which variations in brightness (luminance) hardly occur between divided image units obtained from a three-dimensional image display device. In addition, it is possible to easily deal with luminance variations caused by errors during the assembly of the image display device, and to facilitate the assembly and adjustment of the image display device and to shorten the time.

  The third embodiment is a modification of the first or second embodiment.

  In the image display devices described in the first and second embodiments, the settings of the I × J three-dimensional image display devices may change or become out of order while the image display device is used for a long time. In addition, when an error occurs in the setting of the I × J three-dimensional image display devices, a joint or a discrepancy may be conspicuous in an image portion straddling between adjacent divided image units.

  Therefore, in Example 3, the position of the image emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is compared with the reference image position, and the two-dimensional image obtained by correcting the positional deviation from the reference image position obtained as a result of the comparison. Based on the data, a two-dimensional image is generated in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus based on the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image data. As a result, even if a slight error occurs in the settings of the I × J 3D image display devices, there is a conspicuous joint or discrepancy between the adjacent divided image units between the divided image units. Thus, the size of the stereoscopic image can be increased without causing a problem that the quality of the display image is deteriorated. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the assembly man-hours and cost of the I × J 3D image display device, and to easily change or change the optical system setting that has occurred while using the image display device for a long time. It can be corrected.

  FIG. 7 is a conceptual diagram of an image display device according to the third embodiment. 8A schematically shows a three-dimensional image obtained based on I × J three-dimensional image display devices, and FIGS. 8B to 8E show I × A three-dimensional image obtained on the basis of J three-dimensional image display devices, schematically showing a state in which a positional deviation occurs from a reference image position. In FIG. 8, a 3 × 2 divided image unit is illustrated for convenience.

A semi-transmissive mirror (half mirror) 99 is provided closer to the image display device than the virtual plane indicated by the dotted line in FIG. Then, the light beam extracted from the transflective mirror 99 is received by an imaging device 98 (for example, a camera equipped with a CCD element or a CMOS sensor), and the three-dimensional image display devices 1A ₁₁ , 1A ₁₂ , 1A ₁₃ , 1A _{14 are received.} , 1A ₁₅ , 1A ₁₆ , 1A ₂₁ , 1A ₂₂ , 1A ₂₃ , 1A ₂₄ , 1A ₂₅ , 1A ₂₆ are obtained. The imaging device 98 is arranged so that the conjugate image CI of the Fourier transform image is taken by the imaging device 98. The transflective mirror 99 and the image pickup device 98 are respectively provided with the three-dimensional image display devices 1A ₁₁ , 1A ₁₂ , 1A ₁₃ , 1A ₁₄ , 1A ₁₅ , 1A ₁₆ , 1A ₂₁ , 1A ₂₂ , 1A ₂₃ , 1A ₂₄ , 1A. ₂₅ , 1A ₂₆ may be removed after the operation of comparing the position of the image emitted from the 1A ₂₆ with the reference image position, or may be left in the image display device. The position of the image emitted from each of the three-dimensional image display devices 1A ₁₁ , 1A ₁₂ , 1A ₁₃ , 1A ₁₄ , 1A ₁₅ , 1A ₁₆ , 1A ₂₁ , 1A ₂₂ , 1A ₂₃ , 1A ₂₄ , 1A ₂₅ , 1A ₂₆ is used as a reference. The operation of comparing with the image position is performed by a computer (not shown) which is a control means provided in the image display device.

  A three-dimensional image (stereoscopic image) reproduced based on the two-dimensional image data Data (A) [corresponding to a video signal] before correction is assumed to be “A”. Examples of the two-dimensional image data Data (A) include, but are not limited to, test patterns. In the image display, although not limited, for example, among the openings 51 provided in the spatial filter SF, the openings 51 located at the four corners of the spatial filter SF and the openings 51 located at the center, More specifically, the (−4,4) th opening 51, the (4,4) th opening 51, the (0,0) th opening 51, the (−4, −4) The positional deviation may be obtained based on an image obtained by opening the ()) opening 51 and the (4, -4) th opening 51. When the setting of the optical system, such as the setting of the half mirror 91 and the total reflection mirror 92 and the setting of the I × J three-dimensional image display device, is performed accurately, the three-dimensional view schematically shown in FIG. An image is obtained. In such a stereoscopic image, there is no joint or discrepancy in the portion of the image straddling between the adjacent divided image units.

On the other hand, the setting of the optical system such as the setting of the half mirror 91 and the total reflection mirror 92 and the setting of I × J three-dimensional image display devices is not performed accurately. For example, the (1,2) -th three-dimensional image display device When a setting abnormality occurs in 1A ₂ , adjacent divided images in the X _SP Y _SP Z _SP space in the space region where the image is formed, as schematically shown in FIGS. Joints and discrepancies occur in the portion of the image straddling between the unit and the divided image unit. Here, in the state shown in FIG. 8B, the divided image units indicated by dotted lines are displaced in the X _SP axis direction and the Y _SP axis direction. Further, in the state shown in (C) of FIG. 8, the divided image unit shown by the dotted line, shift accompanied by rotation about the Z _SP axis occurs. Furthermore, in the state shown in FIG. 8D, the divided image unit indicated by the dotted line is centered on an axis parallel to the Z _SP axis at the same time as the deviation in the X _SP axis direction and the Y _SP axis direction. There is a shift with the rotation. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 8E, a so-called “tilt” is generated in the divided image unit indicated by the dotted line.

  The position of the image emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is compared with the reference image position, that is, the detection of the deviation of the position of the image generated in such a divided image unit from the reference image position is performed by a known image processing technique. Based on this, it can be easily performed by the imaging device 98 and a computer as a control means. Further, how to correct the two-dimensional image data Data (A) based on the detection result can be easily determined by a computer as a control means based on a known image processing technique. Then, based on the two-dimensional image data obtained by correcting the positional deviation from the reference image position obtained as a result of the comparison, a two-dimensional image is generated in the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus), so that adjacent divided image units 3D images having high display quality without any joints or discrepancies in the portion of the image straddling the divided image unit. The comparison and correction operations described above may be performed after the image display device is assembled, or may be performed during maintenance and inspection of the image display device. Alternatively, in some cases, it may be executed at the start of the operation of the image display device.

  Note that, based on the two-dimensional image data (corrected two-dimensional image data) obtained by correcting the positional deviation from the reference image position obtained as a result of the comparison, a two-dimensional image is generated in the light modulation unit or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus. The corrected 2D image data may be newly created 2D image data different from the 2D image data before correction. Alternatively, it may be two-dimensional image data created by correcting the two-dimensional image data before correction. In this case, the corrected two-dimensional image data is temporarily stored in the storage means provided in the image display device, and the two-dimensional data is stored based on the corrected two-dimensional image data stored in the storage means as desired. An image may be generated. Alternatively, a kind of correction coefficient is stored in a storage unit provided in the image display device, and two-dimensional image data before correction sent from the outside is corrected based on the correction coefficient, and the corrected two-dimensional image is corrected. A two-dimensional image may be generated based on the data.

By the way, in an image display device, in particular, in a projection optical system, light incident at an angle to the periphery of a lens system causes various aberrations in a stereoscopic image, and causes a desired stereoscopic image without aberration. It may be difficult to obtain an image. In order to correct such aberration by the optical system of the image display device or the three-dimensional image display device, that is, in order to perform appropriate aberration correction, it is necessary to add a complicated mechanism to the lens system. Problems such as increased manufacturing cost, increased space, and increased weight arise. In such a case, it is preferable to generate a two-dimensional image in the light modulation unit or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus based on the two-dimensional image data in which the aberration caused by the optical system is corrected. Note that it is only necessary to record two-dimensional image data in which aberrations generated by the optical system constituting the image display device are corrected in recording means provided in a computer as control means. Alternatively, the recording means (for example, a hard disk) provided in the computer has an aberration (for example, spherical aberration, coma aberration, astigmatism, field curvature, distortion, etc.) generated by an optical system constituting the image display device. What is necessary is just to record the two-dimensional image data which correct | amended (5 aberrations). Alternatively, for example, the values of (m, n), (P, Q), (M, N), (S ₀ , T ₀ ), and (U ₀ , V ₀ ) are used as parameters. The operator for correcting the aberration generated by the optical system constituting the image display apparatus may be recorded in the recording means provided in the computer.

A three-dimensional image (stereoscopic image) without aberration ideally reproduced based on the two-dimensional image data Data (A) [corresponding to a video signal] before aberration correction is “A”, and actually the two-dimensional image data Data The three-dimensional image (stereoscopic image) when reproduced based on (A) is defined as “a” (various aberrations are included). Examples of the two-dimensional image data Data (A) include, but are not limited to, test patterns. At this time, the original two-dimensional image data Data (A) is corrected based on, for example, simulation so that the three-dimensional image (stereoscopic image) when actually reproduced becomes “A”, or trial Correct by mistake. That is, for example, the original two-dimensional image data Data (A) is corrected so that the test pattern becomes a predetermined image. More specifically, for example, an image of a test pattern is emitted from the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. Then, a reproduced three-dimensional image (stereoscopic image) obtained by opening the (0,0) th opening 51, which is the image with the least aberration, and a predetermined (m, n) th opening 51. The reproduced three-dimensional image (stereoscopic image) obtained by opening the image is compared by performing image processing, so that no difference occurs between these two reproduced three-dimensional images, or the difference is reduced. For example, by repeating the work of correcting the test pattern data by, for example, an operator, for example, the value of (m, n), the value of (P, Q), the value of (M, N), (S ₀ , T ₀ ) and (U ₀ , V ₀ ) values can be obtained as a kind of operator. Thus, the two-dimensional image data obtained by finally correcting the original two-dimensional image data Data (A) so that the three-dimensional image (stereoscopic image) when actually reproduced becomes “A”. When Data (A ′) is used, for example, the value of (m, n), the value of (P, Q), the value of (M, N), the value of (S ₀ , T ₀ ), (U ₀ , V _If the value of ₀ ) is determined, a certain relationship between the original two-dimensional image data Data (A) before aberration correction and the finally corrected two-dimensional image data Data (A ′) (a kind of Operator). In other words, a certain relationship (operator) is obtained and determined. Then, the original two-dimensional image data before aberration correction (corresponding to the video signal) is corrected for aberration based on the relationship, that is, the two-dimensional image corrected for aberrations caused by the optical system constituting the image display device. Image data) is recorded in a recording means, and a three-dimensional image (stereoscopic image) is reproduced by the two-dimensional image data after the aberration correction. Alternatively, the two-dimensional image after the aberration correction is performed on the two-dimensional image data Data (A) [corresponding to the video signal] sent from the outside to the image display device based on the operator in real time. Based on the image data Data (A ′), a three-dimensional image (stereoscopic image) is reproduced in the image display device. Thus, the optical system constituting the image display device [for example, each three-dimensional image display device, and further, the illumination optical system 20 constituting each of the three-dimensional image display device, the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming device) 30, Based on the two-dimensional image data in which the aberration generated by the Fourier transform image forming unit 40, the Fourier transform image selecting unit 50, and the conjugate image forming unit 60] is corrected in advance, the light modulation unit (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 30 converts the two-dimensional image. Since it is generated, it is possible to display a three-dimensional image (stereoscopic image) having no aberration or little aberration. Further, if the image display device is driven, for example, by field sequential driving, not only Seidel's five aberrations but also chromatic aberration can be corrected.

  As described above, if a two-dimensional image is generated in the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus based on the two-dimensional image data in which the aberration generated by the optical system constituting the image display device is corrected, it cannot be solved only by the optical means. Aberration correction can be performed, and even with a simple optical system, an image (for example, a three-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image) having no aberration or little aberration can be displayed. Moreover, for example, the Fourier transform image selection means and the spatial filter function as a kind of diaphragm, so that the depth of focus of the optical system can be increased and a clear image can be obtained.

  The correction related to the positional deviation of the three-dimensional image display device and the optical system described above can be applied to the second embodiment or the fourth to thirteenth embodiments described below.

  In addition, the 3A aspect of the present invention, the 4A aspect of the present invention, the 5A aspect of the present invention, the 6A aspect of the present invention, the 7A aspect of the present invention, the present invention described below. 8A, 9A of the present invention, 10A of the present invention, 11A of the present invention, 12A of the present invention, and 13A of the present invention. The three-dimensional image display device has I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2), and is emitted from one three-dimensional image display device. There is at least one optical path interval between the optical path of the emitted light and the optical path of the light emitted from another three-dimensional image display device when these optical paths are first merged. Such a configuration can be the same as in the first embodiment. In addition, the 3B aspect of the present invention, the 4B aspect of the present invention, the 5B aspect of the present invention, the 6B aspect of the present invention, the 7B aspect of the present invention, the present invention described below, 8B, 9B of the present invention, 10B of the present invention, 11B of the present invention, 12B of the present invention, and 13B of the present invention. The three-dimensional image display device has I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2), and is emitted from each three-dimensional image display device. The light detection means for measuring the light intensity of the light is arranged at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer. Such a configuration can be the same as in the second embodiment. Accordingly, in the following fourth to thirteenth embodiments, only the three-dimensional image display device will be described.

  Example 4 relates to an image display device according to the first and third aspects of the present invention. FIG. 18 schematically shows the arrangement state of the components of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the fourth embodiment.

  Unlike the liquid crystal display device according to the first embodiment, the light modulation unit 130 according to the fourth embodiment is a one-dimensional spatial light modulator (specifically, a PD (eg, 1920) partitioned one-dimensional image). , Diffraction grating-light modulation device 201); a one-dimensional spatial light modulator (diffraction grating-light modulation device 201), which is generated by a two-dimensionally developed (scanned) P-dimensional one-dimensional image. ), A scanning optical system (specifically, scan mirror 205) that forms a P × Q partitioned two-dimensional image; and a spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image arranged on the two-dimensional image generation surface. Is provided with a grating filter (diffraction grating filter) 132 that emits along a diffraction angle corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (specifically, the total number M × N). Here, M × N sets of diffracted light are generated by the grating filter 132 for each section of the two-dimensional image formed by the scanning optical system (scan mirror 205) and partitioned into P × Q. The grating filter 132 may be composed of an amplitude grating or may be composed of a phase grating. It should be noted that the configuration and structure of the light modulation means 130 can be the same in the sixth, eighth, and tenth described later.

Alternatively, the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the fourth embodiment will be described along the components of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the third aspect of the present invention. Device. And this optical system
(A) A one-dimensional spatial light modulator (specifically, a diffraction grating-light modulation device 201) having P pixels along the X direction and generating a one-dimensional image; A scanning optical system (specifically, a scan mirror 205) that expands the generated one-dimensional image two-dimensionally to generate a two-dimensional image; and a two-dimensional image generation surface, Diffracted light generating means (specifically, grating filter 132) for generating diffracted light of M sets from the m-th order to the m'-th order (where m and m 'are integers and M is a positive integer). A two-dimensional image forming apparatus 130 comprising:
(B) a first lens (specifically, a convex lens in Example 4) L ₁ in which diffracted light generating means is disposed on its front focal plane;
(C) M × N lenses arranged on the rear focal plane of the first lens L ₁ , M in the X direction and N in the Y direction (where N is a positive integer) A spatial filter SF having an opening 51 that can be controlled to open and close,
(D) a second lens (specifically, a convex lens in Example 4) L ₂ in which the spatial filter SF is disposed on the front focal plane thereof, and
(E) a third lens (specifically, a convex lens in Example 4) L ₃ in which the front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the second lens L ₂ ;
It has.

  Here, it is assumed that the one-dimensional image extends in the X direction. The scanning direction is the Y direction, and the two-dimensional image is generated along the X direction and the Y direction. However, alternatively, the X direction and the Y direction may be exchanged. The same applies to Example 6, Example 8, and Example 10 described later. Further, in FIG. 18, or FIG. 24, FIG. 30, and FIG. 34 to be described later, the illumination optical system 20 is not shown.

  A conceptual diagram of a light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 130 including a diffraction grating-light modulation device is shown in FIG. That is, the light modulation unit 130 of the fourth embodiment receives the light source 10 that emits a laser, a condensing lens (not shown) that condenses the light emitted from the light source 10, and the light that has passed through the condensing lens is incident. Diffraction grating-light modulation device 201, lens 203 through which light emitted from diffraction grating-light modulation device 201 passes, spatial filter 204, and imaging lens that forms an image of one light beam that has passed through spatial filter 204 (not shown) I.e., a scanning mirror 205 that scans one light beam that has passed through the imaging lens.

  The one-dimensional spatial light modulator (one-dimensional image forming apparatus, diffraction grating-light modulation apparatus 201) generates a one-dimensional image by diffracting light from the light source 10. More specifically, the diffraction grating-light modulation device 201 includes a diffraction grating-light modulation element (GLV) 210 arranged in a one-dimensional array. The diffraction grating-light modulation element 210 is manufactured by applying a micromachine manufacturing technique, is composed of a reflective diffraction grating, has an optical switching action, and electrically controls on / off control of light. To display the image. In the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 130, the light emitted from each of the diffraction grating-light modulation elements 210 is scanned by the scan mirror 205 formed of a galvano mirror or a polygon mirror to be two-dimensional. Get an image. Accordingly, in order to display a two-dimensional image composed of P × Q (for example, 1920 × 1080) pixels (pixels), the diffraction grating-light modulation from the P (= 1920) diffraction grating-light modulation elements 210 is performed. The apparatus 201 may be configured.

It is necessary to generate diffracted light based on the two-dimensional image obtained by scanning with the scan mirror 205. Therefore, diffracted light is generated by arranging an amplitude type or phase type filter on a two-dimensionally developed surface. Specifically, the two-dimensional image obtained by scanning with the scan mirror 205 passes through the scanning lens system 131 and enters a grating filter (diffraction grating filter) 132 disposed on the generation surface of the two-dimensional image. In the lattice filter 132, M × N sets of diffracted light are generated for each section of the two-dimensional image partitioned into P × Q. That is, the spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image is emitted from the grating filter 132 along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each section (corresponding to a pixel) of the grating filter 132. The grating filter 132 is disposed on the front focal plane of the first lens L ₁ having a focal length f ₁ .

When a one-dimensional spatial light modulator (one-dimensional image forming apparatus) is used, since the generated image is one-dimensional, diffraction also occurs in the one-dimensional space. Therefore, an optical system intended to diffuse the obtained diffracted light in the Y direction is required. In the three-dimensional image display device according to the fourth embodiment, the diffracted light generated in the one-dimensional direction is arranged in the two-dimensional direction downstream (observer side) from the third lens L ₃ (conjugate image forming means 60). A member (also referred to as an anisotropic diffusion filter, an anisotropic diffusion film, or an anisotropic diffusion sheet) 133 that causes anisotropic light diffusion to be diffused is disposed.

  Except for the above points, the configuration and structure of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the fourth embodiment can be the same as the configuration and structure of the three-dimensional image display apparatus described in the first embodiment. To do. The configuration and structure of the diffraction grating-light modulation element 210 will be described later.

  Example 5 relates to an image display device according to the fourth and fifth aspects of the present invention. 20, 21, and 22 are conceptual diagrams of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the fifth embodiment for monochrome display. In FIG. 20, the optical axis is the z axis, the orthogonal coordinates in the plane orthogonal to the z axis are the x axis and the y axis, the direction parallel to the x axis is the X direction, and the direction parallel to the y axis is Y. The direction. The X direction is, for example, the horizontal direction in the 3D image display device, and the Y direction is, for example, the vertical direction in the 3D image display device. Here, FIG. 20 is a conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display apparatus of Example 5 on the yz plane. The conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display apparatus of Example 5 in the xz plane is substantially the same as FIG. FIG. 21 is a conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display device according to the fifth embodiment when viewed obliquely. FIG. 22 schematically illustrates the arrangement state of the components of the three-dimensional image display device according to the fifth embodiment. FIG.

  Even in the three-dimensional image display device 1B of the fifth embodiment, the three-dimensional image display device alone having the components shown in FIGS. 20, 21, and 22 is spatially dense compared to the conventional technique. And it is possible to generate and form a large number of light beams. The three-dimensional image display apparatus 1B of the fifth embodiment is a single three-dimensional image display apparatus, and a large number (M × N) of projector units 701 shown in FIG. 63 are arranged in parallel in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction. It has a function equivalent to the projector assembly device.

Describing along the components of the three-dimensional image display device according to the fourth aspect of the present invention, the three-dimensional image display device 1B of the fifth embodiment is a three-dimensional image display device including a light source 10 and an optical system. is there. And this optical system
(A) A plurality of pixels 31 are provided, light from the light source 10 is modulated by each pixel 31 to generate a two-dimensional image, and a spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image is generated from the plurality of pixels 31. Light modulating means 30 for emitting along a diffraction angle corresponding to the diffraction order;
(B) Fourier transform of the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means 30 to generate a number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the respective pixels 31, and these Fourier transform images Only a predetermined Fourier transform image (for example, a Fourier transform image corresponding to the first order diffraction using the 0th order diffraction of the plane wave component as the carrier frequency) is selected, and the selected Fourier transform image is further converted to the inverse Fourier. An image limiting / generating unit 32 that converts and forms a conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation unit 30 (a real image of the two-dimensional image);
(C) An oversampling filter that has a plurality of aperture regions 34 and emits spatial frequencies in a conjugate image of a two-dimensional image along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the aperture regions 34 (diffracted light generation Member) OSF,
(D) Fourier transform image that Fourier-transforms the spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image emitted from the oversampling filter OSF to generate a number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each aperture region 34. Forming means 40,
(E) Fourier transform image selection means 50 for selecting a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order among Fourier transform images generated in a number corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each aperture region 34; and
(F) conjugate image forming means 60 for forming a conjugate image of the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selection means 50;
It has.

Further, the conjugate image forming means 60 performs inverse Fourier transform on the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selection means 50 to thereby obtain a conjugate image (hereinafter referred to as a conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the image restriction / generation means 32). Inverse Fourier transform means (specifically, a fourth lens L _{4 to be} described later) for forming a “conjugate image of a two-dimensional image” may be provided. The Fourier transform image forming means 40 is composed of a lens, an oversampling filter OSF is disposed on the front focal plane of the lens, and a Fourier transform image selecting means 50 is disposed on the rear focal plane of the lens. The Fourier transform image selection means 50 has a number of openings 51 that can be controlled to be opened and closed corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each opening region 34.

  Here, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image corresponds to image information using the spatial frequency of the pixel structure as the carrier frequency. The spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is a spatial frequency obtained by removing the spatial frequency of the pixel structure from the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image.

Further, the three-dimensional image display device 1B according to the fifth embodiment will be described along the components of the three-dimensional image display device according to the fifth aspect of the present invention. The three-dimensional image display device 1B according to the fifth embodiment includes a light source 10 and an optical system. Device. And this optical system
(A) Having apertures (number: P × Q) arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions, and controlling the passage, reflection, or diffraction of light from the light source 10 for each aperture. A two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 that generates a two-dimensional image and generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each aperture based on the two-dimensional image,
(B) a first lens L ₁ in which a two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) Only the diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order (for example, a Fourier transform image corresponding to the first order diffraction using the 0th order diffraction of the plane wave component as the carrier frequency) is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens L _1. A scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 to be passed,
(D) a second lens L ₂ in which a scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 is arranged on the front focal plane;
(E) P _OSF × Q _OSF pieces arranged in the rear focal plane of the second lens L ₂ and arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X direction and the Y direction (however, P _OSF and Q _OSF are arbitrary) (A positive integer) of the aperture region 34, and based on the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the second lens L ₂ , for each aperture region 34, the mth to m′th positions along the X direction. M sets up to the following (where m and m ′ are integers and M is a positive integer), N sets from the n-th order to the n′-th order along the Y direction (where n and n ′ Is an integer and N is a positive integer), a total, M × N oversampling filter (diffracted light generating member) OSF that generates diffracted light,
(F) a third lens L _{3 having} an oversampling filter OSF disposed on its front focal plane;
(G) M × N open / close-controllable openings 51 are arranged in the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ and M in the X direction and N in the Y direction. A spatial filter SF,
(H) a fourth lens L ₄ having a spatial filter SF disposed on the front focal plane thereof;
(I) a fifth lens L ₅ whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the fourth lens L ₄ ;
It has.

In Example 5, the first lens L ₁ , the second lens L ₂ , the third lens L ₃ , the fourth lens L _4, and the fifth lens L ₅ are specifically described. Consists of a convex lens. The image limiting / generating unit 32 includes two lenses (first lens L ₁ and second lens L ₂ ), and these two lenses (first lens L ₁ and second lens). L ₂ ) and is configured to include a scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 that passes only a predetermined Fourier transform image (for example, a Fourier transform image corresponding to the first order diffraction using the zeroth order diffraction of the plane wave component as a carrier frequency). Has been. Furthermore, the oversampling filter (diffraction light generation member) OSF consists grating filter (grating filter), and more specifically, corresponds to a P _OSF × Q _OSF number of recesses (opening region into a flat glass, the planar shape Has a structure formed in a two-dimensional matrix. That is, the oversampling filter (diffracted light generating member) OSF is composed of a phase grating. The same applies to Example 6 and Example 13 described later.

Here, in Example 5 or Example 6 or Example 13 described later, P _OSF = 2048, Q _OSF = 1536, P = 1024, Q = 768, m = -4, m ′ = 4, M = m'-m + 1 = 9, n = -4, n '= 4, N = n'-n + 1 = 9. However, it is not limited to these values. When the constituent elements of the three-dimensional image display apparatus in the fourth aspect of the present invention are compared with the constituent elements of the three-dimensional image display apparatus in the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect of the present invention, the light modulation means 30 is two-dimensional. Corresponding to the image forming apparatus 30, the image limiting / generating unit 32 corresponds to the first lens L ₁ , the scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 and the second lens L ₂ , and the Fourier transform image forming unit 40 corresponds to the third lens L ₁ . Corresponding to the lens L ₃ , the Fourier transform image selecting means 50 corresponds to the spatial filter SF, the inverse Fourier transform means corresponds to the fourth lens L ₄ , and the conjugate image forming means 60 corresponds to the fourth lens L ₄ and the _fourth lens L ₄ . It corresponds to a lens L ₅ of 5. Therefore, for convenience, two-dimensional image forming device 30, the first lens L _1, scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33, a second lens L _2, the third lens L _3, the spatial filter SF, the fourth lens L ₄ And the fifth lens L ₅ will be described below.

  Similar to the first embodiment, an illumination optical system 20 for shaping light emitted from the light source 10 is disposed between the light source 10 and the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. The two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is illuminated with light (illumination light) emitted from the light source 10 and passed through the illumination optical system 20. The illumination optical system 20 will be described later.

  The two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 includes a two-dimensional spatial light modulator having a plurality of pixels 31 arranged two-dimensionally, and each pixel 31 has an opening. Specifically, the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 or the two-dimensional spatial light modulator is two-dimensionally arranged, that is, P × Q arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X direction and the Y direction. It consists of a transmissive liquid crystal display device having a number of pixels 31, and each pixel 31 is provided with an opening.

Similar to the first embodiment, one pixel 31 is an overlapping region of the transparent first electrode and the transparent second electrode and includes a region including a liquid crystal cell. Then, by operating the liquid crystal cell as a kind of light shutter (light valve), that is, by controlling the light transmittance of each pixel 31, the light transmittance of the light emitted from the light source 10 is controlled, As a whole, a two-dimensional image can be obtained. In the overlapping region of the transparent first electrode and the transparent second electrode, a rectangular opening is provided. When light emitted from the light source 10 passes through the opening, Fraunhofer diffraction occurs. ₀ × N ₀ diffracted light is generated. In other words, since the number of pixels 31 is P × Q, it can be considered that a total of (P × Q × M ₀ × N ₀ ) diffracted lights are generated. In the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image is emitted from the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M ₀ × N ₀ ) generated from each pixel 31. Is done. The diffraction angle varies depending on the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image.

A two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is arranged on the front focal plane (focal plane on the light source side) of the first lens L ₁ having a focal length f _1, and the rear focal plane (observation) of the first lens L _1. Scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 is arranged on the focal plane on the person side. A number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders are generated by the first lens L ₁ , and these Fourier transform images are formed in a plane where the scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 is located. Then, only diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order (for example, a Fourier transform image corresponding to the first order diffraction using the 0th order diffraction of the plane wave component as the carrier frequency) passes through the scattering diffraction limiting opening 33. A scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 is disposed on the front focal plane of the second lens L ₂ having a focal length f _2, and an oversampling filter OSF is disposed on the rear focal plane of the second lens L _2. Has been placed. Furthermore, an oversampling filter OSF is disposed on the front focal plane of the third lens L ₃ having a focal length f _3, and a spatial filter SF is disposed on the rear focal plane of the third lens L _3. ing. The third lens L ₃ generates M × N = 81 Fourier transform images, which are numbers corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the respective aperture regions 34, and these Fourier transform images are generated on the spatial filter SF. Form an image. In FIG. 21, for convenience, 64 Fourier transform images are shown as dots.

  Specifically, the spatial filter SF is a spatial filter capable of temporal opening and closing control for spatially and temporally filtering the Fourier transform image. More specifically, the spatial filter SF has a number of openings 51 that can be controlled to open and close (specifically, M × N = 81) corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each opening region 34. In the spatial filter SF, one Fourier corresponding to a desired diffraction order is obtained by opening one desired opening 51 in synchronization with the generation timing of a two-dimensional image by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. Select the conversion image. More specifically, the spatial filter SF is, for example, a transmissive liquid crystal display device or a reflective liquid crystal display device using a ferroelectric liquid crystal having M × N pixels, or a movable mirror is a two-dimensional matrix. It can be composed of a two-dimensional type MEMS including devices arranged in a shape. A schematic front view of the spatial filter SF formed of the liquid crystal display device is the same as that shown in FIG.

As described above, specifically, the conjugate image forming unit 60 includes the fourth lens L ₄ and the fifth lens L ₅ . Then, the fourth lens L ₄ having the focal length f ₄ performs inverse Fourier transform on the Fourier transform image filtered by the spatial filter SF, thereby conjugated image of the two-dimensional image generated by the second lens L ₂ . The real image RI is formed. The fifth lens L ₅ having the focal length f ₅ forms a conjugate image CI of the Fourier transform image filtered by the spatial filter SF.

The fourth lens L ₄ is disposed on the front focal plane so that the spatial filter SF is positioned, and a real image of a conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the second lens L ₂ is disposed on the rear focal plane. Arranged to form an RI. The magnification of the real image RI obtained here with respect to the real image formed by the second lens L ₂ can be changed by arbitrarily selecting the focal length f ₄ of the fourth lens L ₄ .

On the other hand, the fifth lens L ₅ is arranged such that its front focal plane coincides with the rear focal plane of the fourth lens L ₄ , and a conjugate image CI of the Fourier transform image is formed on the rear focal plane. Are arranged as follows. Here, since the rear focal plane of the fifth lens L ₅ is a conjugate plane of the spatial filter SF, a conjugate image of a two-dimensional image is output from a portion corresponding to one opening 51 on the spatial filter SF. It is equivalent to what is done. The amount of light rays finally generated / output is the number of pixels (P × Q), and a plurality of diffraction orders (specifically, the light rays that have passed through the scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 are transmitted through the optical system. Specifically, it can be defined by an amount multiplied by M × N). Further, although the back focal plane of the fifth lens L ₅ conjugate image CI of the Fourier transform image is formed, in the back focal plane of the fifth lens L _5, orderly group of light beams are two-dimensionally It can be considered that it is placed. That is, as a whole, the projector unit 701 shown in FIG. 63 is arranged for a plurality of diffraction orders (specifically, M × N) on the rear focal plane of the fifth lens L ₅ . Is equivalent to

As schematically shown in FIG. 13, a single pixel 31 in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 generates a total of M ₀ × N ₀ sets of diffracted light along the X and Y directions. In FIG. 13, only the diffracted light of the zero order light (n ₀ = 0), ± first order light (n ₀ = ± 1), and ± second order light (n ₀ = ± 2) is shown as a representative. However, in reality, higher-order diffracted light is generated, and a stereoscopic image is finally formed based on a part of these diffracted light. Here, all image information (information of all pixels) of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is collected in the diffracted light (light beam) of each diffraction order. A plurality of light ray groups generated by diffraction from the same pixel on the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 all have the same image information at the same time. In other words, in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 including a transmissive liquid crystal display device having P × Q pixels 31, the light from the light source 10 is modulated by each pixel 31 to generate a two-dimensional image. In addition, the spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image is emitted along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M ₀ × N ₀ ) generated from each pixel 31. That is, a kind of M ₀ × N ₀ copies of the two-dimensional image are emitted from the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M ₀ × N ₀ ).

Then, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is Fourier-transformed by the first lens L ₁ , and a number of Fourier-transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel 31 are generated. Is done. Of these Fourier transform images, only a predetermined Fourier transform image (for example, a Fourier transform image corresponding to the first order diffraction using the zeroth order diffraction of the plane wave component as the carrier frequency) passes through the scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33. Further, the selected Fourier transform image is subjected to inverse Fourier transform by the second lens L ₂ to form a conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, and the conjugate of the two-dimensional image. The image is formed on the oversampling filter OSF. Note that the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image corresponds to image information in which the spatial frequency of the pixel structure is a carrier frequency, but only in a region of image information having a 0th-order plane wave as a carrier wave (that is, the maximum spatial frequency of the pixel structure). In other words, it is obtained as first-order diffraction using the 0th-order diffraction of the plane wave component as the carrier frequency, and the spatial frequency of the pixel structure (aperture structure) of the light modulation means Less than half of the spatial frequency passes through the scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33. Thus, the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image formed on the oversampling filter OSF does not include the pixel structure of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, while the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. All of the spatial frequencies in the image are included.

The spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image in which all the image information of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is aggregated corresponds to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each aperture region 34 in the oversampling filter OSF. The light is emitted along the diffraction angle and is Fourier transformed by the third lens L ₃ to generate a number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N). The Fourier transform image is generated on the spatial filter SF. Is imaged. In the third lens L ₃ , a Fourier transform image having a spatial frequency in a conjugate image of a two-dimensional image emitted along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders is generated. A converted image can be obtained.

Here, the wavelength of the light (illumination light) emitted from the light source 10 is λ (mm), the spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the second lens L ₂ is ν (lp / mm), If the focal length of the _third lens L ₃ is f ₃ (mm), the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ has a distance Y ₁ (mm) from the optical axis represented by the following equation (1). Light having a spatial frequency ν (Fourier transform image) appears at the position.

FIG. 23 schematically shows a condensing state of the third lens L ₃ . In FIG. 23, “Y ₀ ” indicates the length in the y-axis direction of the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the second lens L ₂ , and “Y ₁ ” indicates the second lens L _2. The space | interval of the y-axis direction of the Fourier-transform image on the spatial filter SF based on the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image produced | generated by FIG. Further, the 0th-order diffracted light is indicated by a solid line, the first-order diffracted light is indicated by a dotted line, and the second-order diffracted light is indicated by a one-dot chain line. In other words, the diffracted light of each diffraction order, in other words, the Fourier transform image generated by the number corresponding to the diffraction order is condensed by the third lens L ₃ on different openings 51 on the spatial filter SF (FIG. 21). As described above, the number of the openings 51 is M × N = 81. The condensing angle to the spatial filter SF (the divergence angle after being emitted from the spatial filter SF and also the viewing angle) θ is P _{OSF in a} Fourier transform image (or diffracted light) having the same diffraction order. × Q It is the same in the _OSF open regions 34 and can be obtained from the following equation (2). On the spatial filter SF, the interval between the Fourier transform images of adjacent diffraction orders can be obtained from Equation (1). By arbitrarily selecting the focal length f ₃ of the third lens L ₃ from the equation (1), the position of the Fourier transform image (image position on the spatial filter SF) can be changed. Incidentally, in the formula (2), "w" is the length in the Y direction of the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image projected on the oversampling filter OSF, optionally a focal length f ₂ of the second lens L ₂ It can be changed by selecting.

Y ₁ = f ₃ · λ · ν (1)
θ = 2 × arctan (w / 2f ₃ ) (2)

In the third lens L ₃ , in order to transmit the spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image emitted along the diffraction angles corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders generated from each aperture region 34, the diffraction order to be used is set. Accordingly, it is necessary to select the aperture ratio NA of the third lens L _{3, and} the aperture ratio of all the lenses after the _third lens L ₃ is the aperture ratio of the third lens L ₃ regardless of the focal length. It is required to be greater than or equal to NA.

Size of the opening 51 may be the same value as the value of Y ₁ in the formula (1). As an example, the wavelength λ of the illumination light 532 nm, the third lens L ₃ of the focal length f ₃ of 50 mm, when the 13μm~14μm about the size of the opening area 34 in the oversampling filter OSF, the value of Y ₁ is about 2 mm. This means that a Fourier transform image corresponding to each diffraction order can be obtained at a high density of about 2 mm on the spatial filter SF. In other words, 9 × 9 = 81 Fourier transform images can be obtained on the spatial filter SF at intervals of about 2 mm in both the X direction and the Y direction.

Here, the spatial frequency ν in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is the continuous 2 constituting the oversampling filter OSF at most because the oversampling filter OSF is composed of P _OSF × Q _OSF opening regions 34. It is a frequency having a period composed of two open regions 34.

A schematic front view of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 in the state where the spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is the lowest is the same as that shown in FIG. The frequency characteristic of the light intensity of the Fourier transform image formed by the lens L ₃ is the same as that shown in FIG. On the other hand, a schematic front view of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 having the highest spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is the same as that shown in FIG. The frequency characteristic of the light intensity of the Fourier transform image formed by the _third lens L ₃ is the same as that shown in FIG. Furthermore, the distribution of the Fourier transform image on the spatial filter SF (on the xy plane) is the same as shown in FIGS. 17A, 17B, and 17C. The planar shape of the opening 51 in the spatial filter SF may be the same as that in the first embodiment.

By the way, the state having the highest spatial frequency is a case where all pixels alternately display black and white as shown in FIG. In addition, the relationship between the spatial frequency of the aperture region structure in the oversampling filter OSF and the spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is as follows. That is, assuming that the aperture ratio of the aperture region 34 is 100%, the highest spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is (1/2) of the spatial frequency of the aperture region structure. When the aperture ratio of the aperture region 34 occupies a certain ratio (less than 100%), the highest spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is (1/2) of the spatial frequency of the aperture region structure. Below. Therefore, all the spatial frequencies in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image appear up to the half of the periodic pattern interval due to the opening area structure appearing in the spatial filter SF. For this reason, all the openings 51 can be arranged without spatially interfering with each other. That is, for example, the (3,2) th aperture 51, while the Fourier transform image having a diffraction order of _{m 0 = 3, n 0 =} 2 enters, the _{m 0 = 3, n 0 =} 2 The Fourier transform image having the diffraction order does not enter the other openings 51. Thus, on the spatial filter SF having the independent opening 51 for each Fourier transform image, the spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image exists in the Fourier transform image located at one opening 51, while the opening The spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is not lost due to the spatial limitation of the unit 51. Note that the spatial frequency of the opening region structure can be regarded as the carrier frequency, and the spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image corresponds to image information using the spatial frequency of the opening region structure as the carrier frequency.

  In the spatial filter SF, the opening / closing control of the opening 51 is performed in order to control the passage / non-passage of the M × N Fourier transform images. If the spatial filter SF is composed of, for example, a liquid crystal display device, the opening / closing control of the opening 51 can be performed by operating the liquid crystal cell as a kind of light shutter (light valve).

When the brightness of the obtained image is different depending on the diffraction order generated from the aperture region 34, as described above, a neutral density filter that attenuates a bright image with respect to the darkest image is used as the fifth lens. it may be arranged on the rear focal plane of the L _5.

  In the three-dimensional image display device of Example 5, a three-dimensional image display device from which the oversampling filter OSF is removed is assumed for comparison. Such a three-dimensional image display device is referred to as a comparative three-dimensional image display device for convenience. The following description will be made by comparing the three-dimensional image display device of Example 5 with the comparative three-dimensional image display device.

Note that the wavelength of light (illumination light) emitted from the light source 10 is λ (mm), and the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is ν ₀ (lp / mm).

Incidentally, the projection angle (viewing angle) θ is an important parameter for determining the region of the stereoscopic image to be observed. On the other hand, the position and interval (Y ₁ ) of the Fourier transform image on the spatial filter SF are important parameters that determine the continuity of the displayed stereoscopic image and motion parallax and the scale (size) of the displayed stereoscopic image. is there. The larger the value of the projection angle (viewing angle) θ and the value of Y ₁ corresponding to the position and interval of the Fourier transform image on the spatial filter SF, the better.

Meanwhile, from the equation (1) described above, the variable that controls the Y ₁ is the wavelength of the light (illumination light) lambda, and the focal length f ₃ of the third lens L _3, further, the spatial frequency ν This is the spatial frequency ν ₀ in the two-dimensional image generated by the base two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. Here, since the wavelength λ of the light (illumination light) changes in the color tone of the image, it cannot actually take an arbitrary value. Moreover, the wavelength of visible light is about 400 nm to about 700 nm, the amount of change is at most 1.75 times, and the operation region is narrow. Further, in order to increase the value of the spatial frequency ν ₀ , it is necessary to make the pixel pitch in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 fine. However, making the pixel pitch in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 fine is a reality. Is difficult. Therefore, in order to increase the value of Y ₁ in Equation (1), it is most realistic to increase the focal length f ₃ of the third lens L ₃ . However, when the focal length f ₃ is increased, the length w in the Y direction of the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image projected on the oversampling filter OSF is constant from the equation (2), that is, the second lens L. _When the focal length f ₂ of ₂ is constant, the value of the projection angle (viewing angle) θ is small. That is, Equation (1) and Equation (2) are not independent, and the value of Y _{1 and} the value of the projection angle (viewing angle) θ are in a so-called trade-off relationship.

By the way, in the three-dimensional image display apparatus 1B of the fifth embodiment, a two-dimensional image is generated by the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, and the spatial frequency ν ₀ in this two-dimensional image is two-dimensional. The value depends on the opening structure of the opening constituting the image forming apparatus. On the other hand, the spatial frequency ν in the conjugate image of this two-dimensional image depends on the opening region structure of the opening region 34 in the oversampling filter OSF, and P _OSF > P, Q _OSF > Q. The spatial frequency (carrier frequency) of the opening region structure in the oversampling filter OSF is higher than the spatial frequency (carrier frequency) of the pixel structure (opening structure) in the forming apparatus 30, and ν> ν ₀ . The oversampling filter OSF can be manufactured, for example, by directly forming a lattice pattern on a flat glass. Therefore, if the pitch of the lattice pattern is made fine, the carrier frequency can be increased, and the two-dimensional The value of the spatial frequency ν generated by the oversampling filter OSF in the conjugate image of the image can be easily increased. Therefore, the value of the spatial frequency ν can be easily increased, and the value of Y ₁ obtained from the equation (1) can be increased. Even if the focal length f ₃ of the third lens L ₃ is set short, the value of Y ₁ obtained from the equation (1) can be increased. On the other hand, since the focal length f ₃ of the third lens L ₃ can be set short, the value of the viewing angle θ obtained from the equation (2) can be increased. Alternatively, the value of w can be increased by appropriately setting the focal length f ₂ of the second lens L ₂ , and as a result, the value of the viewing angle θ obtained from equation (2) can be increased. Can do.

As described above, in the three-dimensional image display apparatus 1B of the fifth embodiment, the value of Y _{1 and} the value of the projection angle (viewing angle) θ can be controlled independently. Therefore, it is possible to increase the scale (size) of the displayed stereoscopic image while expanding the area of the observed stereoscopic image. In addition, there is no need to change the wavelength of light from the light source, and there is no change in color tone due to wavelength variation. Further, there is essentially no need to change the focal length f ₃ of the third lens L ₃ .

For example, in the comparative three-dimensional image display device, the size of the two-dimensional image forming device 30 is 0.7 inches diagonal and has a square planar opening (P × Q = 1024 × 768). To do. Also, when the aperture interval is 14 μm, the wavelength λ of the light emitted from the light source 10 is 532 nm, and f ₂ = f ₃ = f ₄ = f ₅ = 50 mm, the space after passing through the fifth lens L ₅ The interval between the conjugate images on the conjugate plane of the filter SF is 1.9 mm, the viewing angle θ _Y corresponding to the Y direction of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is 16.1 degrees, and the field angle corresponding to the X direction of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. The angle θ _X is 12.1 degrees.

Further, 100 mm in the three-dimensional image display apparatus for comparison, in order to increase the size of the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image formed by the second lens L _2, a focal length f ₂ of the second lens L ₂ In this case, the viewing angle θ _Y is 31.5 degrees and the viewing angle θ _X is 23.9 degrees, so that the viewing angle can be increased. However, since the size of the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is doubled, the value of ν in the equation (1) is halved, so that the spatial filter SF after passing through the fifth lens L ₅ is used. The interval between the conjugate images on the conjugate plane is 0.95 mm. In this case, a light beam group having a spatial density higher than usual is generated, but since the generation area per one light beam group is ¼, the size of the observation image becomes ¼. .

Therefore, when an oversampling filter OSF composed of a diffraction filter having a square lattice having a spacing of 14 μm (= Y ₀ ) is arranged, a new spatial sampling for a conjugate image of a two-dimensional image magnified twice is performed. The spatial frequency is the same as the pixel interval of the original two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, and the viewing angle θ _Y is 31.5 degrees and the viewing angle θ _X is 23.9 degrees, so that the viewing angle can be increased. In addition, the interval between the conjugate images on the conjugate plane of the spatial filter SF after passing through the fifth lens L ₅ can be 1.9 mm. That is, in this case, a light beam group having a spatial density higher than usual is generated, and the generation area per one light beam group does not change, and the size of the observation image does not change. This oversampling filter OSF can be produced simply by drawing a grid arranged in a two-dimensional matrix with a pitch of 14 μm on a flat glass.

As described above, according to the three-dimensional image display apparatus 1B of the fifth embodiment, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 30 corresponds to a plurality of diffraction orders. is the emitted along diffraction angle, only the Fourier transform image corresponding to a predetermined diffraction order is selected by the image restriction and generation means 32, the conjugate image is Fourier transformed image of the two-dimensional image generated by the second lens L ₂ The Fourier transform image obtained by Fourier transform by the forming means 40 (third lens L ₃ ) is spatially and temporally filtered by the Fourier transform image selection means 50 (spatial filter SF), Since the conjugate image CI of the filtered Fourier transform image is formed, it is spatially high without increasing the size of the entire three-dimensional image display device. Density and further in a state of being distributed in a plurality of directions can be generated and scattered light ray group. In addition, by providing the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 and the oversampling filter OSF, it is possible to increase the scale (size) of the displayed stereoscopic image while expanding the area of the observed stereoscopic image. In addition, individual light beams that are constituent elements of the light beam group can be controlled independently in terms of time and space. As a result, it is possible to obtain a three-dimensional image using light rays that are close to the same quality as real-world objects.

  Further, according to the three-dimensional image display device 1B of the fifth embodiment, since the light beam reproduction method is used, it is possible to provide a stereoscopic image that satisfies visual functions such as focus adjustment, convergence, and motion parallax. . Furthermore, according to the three-dimensional image display apparatus 1B of the fifth embodiment, high-order diffracted light is efficiently used, so that one image output device (two-dimensional image formation) is compared with the conventional image output method. Light rays (a kind of copy of the two-dimensional image) that can be controlled by the device 30) can be obtained by the oversampling filter OSF for a plurality of diffraction orders (ie M × N). Moreover, according to the 3D image display apparatus 1B of the fifth embodiment, spatial and temporal filtering is performed, so that the temporal characteristics of the 3D image display apparatus are changed to the spatial characteristics of the 3D image display apparatus. Can be converted. In addition, a stereoscopic image can be obtained without using a diffusion screen or the like. Furthermore, it is possible to provide an appropriate stereoscopic image for observation from any direction. In addition, since a group of rays can be generated and scattered at a spatially high density, a fine spatial image close to the visual recognition limit can be provided.

  Furthermore, in the three-dimensional image display device 1B of Example 5, the size of the conjugate image and the projection angle (viewing angle) on the conjugate plane of the spatial filter SF after passing through the fifth lens are independent. Can be controlled. Therefore, it is possible to increase the scale (size) of the displayed stereoscopic image while expanding the area of the observed stereoscopic image.

  Example 6 relates to an image display device according to the fourth and sixth aspects of the present invention. FIG. 24 schematically shows the arrangement state of the components of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the sixth embodiment.

Unlike the liquid crystal display device according to the fifth embodiment, the light modulation unit 130 according to the sixth embodiment is a one-dimensional spatial light modulator (specifically, a PD (eg, 1920) divided one-dimensional image). , Diffraction grating-light modulation device 201); a one-dimensional spatial light modulator (diffraction grating-light modulation device 201) generated in a two-dimensional manner (scanned by scanning P-dimensional one-dimensional images) ), A scanning optical system (specifically, scan mirror 205) that forms a P × Q partitioned two-dimensional image; and a spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image that is arranged on the generation surface of the two-dimensional image Is provided along a diffraction angle corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (specifically, the total number M ₀ × N ₀ ). Here, M ₀ × N ₀ sets of diffracted light are generated by the grating filter 132 for each section of the two-dimensional image formed by the scanning optical system (scan mirror 205) and partitioned into P × Q. The grating filter 132 may be composed of an amplitude grating or a phase grating.

Alternatively, the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the sixth embodiment will be described along the components of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the sixth aspect of the present invention. Device. And this optical system
(A) A one-dimensional spatial light modulator that generates a one-dimensional image (specifically, a diffraction grating light modulator 201); two-dimensionally develops the one-dimensional image generated by the one-dimensional spatial light modulator. A scanning optical system that generates a two-dimensional image (specifically, a scan mirror 205); A two-dimensional image forming apparatus 130 comprising means (specifically, a lattice filter 132),
(B) a first lens L ₁ in which diffracted light generating means (grating filter 132) is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) Only the diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order (for example, a Fourier transform image corresponding to the first order diffraction using the 0th order diffraction of the plane wave component as the carrier frequency) is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens L _1. A scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 to be passed,
(D) a second lens L ₂ in which a scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 is arranged on the front focal plane;
(E) P _OSF × Q _OSF pieces arranged in the rear focal plane of the second lens L ₂ and arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X direction and the Y direction (however, P _OSF and Q _OSF are arbitrary) of a positive integer, it has an opening area of the P _OSF> P), based on the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the second lens L _2, each opening region, the along the X direction m M sets from the next to the m'th (where m and m 'are integers and M is a positive integer), N sets from the nth to the n'th (along the Y direction) , N and n ′ are integers, where N is a positive integer), a total, M × N oversampling filters OSF that generate diffracted light,
(F) a third lens L _{3 having} an oversampling filter OSF disposed on its front focal plane;
(G) M × N open / close-controllable openings 51 are arranged in the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ and M in the X direction and N in the Y direction. A spatial filter SF,
(H) a fourth lens L ₄ having a spatial filter SF disposed on the front focal plane thereof;
(I) a fifth lens L ₅ whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the fourth lens L ₄ ;
It has.

The conceptual diagram of the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 130 including the diffraction grating-light modulation device is the same as that of the light modulation means 130 of the fourth embodiment shown in FIG. In the lattice filter 132, M ₀ × N ₀ sets of diffracted light are generated for each section of the two-dimensional image partitioned into P × Q.

  The one-dimensional spatial light modulator (diffraction grating-light modulation device 201) and diffraction grating-light modulation element 210 will be described later.

  Except for the above points, the configuration and structure of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the sixth embodiment can be the same as the configuration and structure of the three-dimensional image display apparatus described in the fifth embodiment. To do.

  Example 7 relates to an image display device according to the seventh and eighth aspects of the present invention. FIG. 25, FIG. 26, FIG. 27, and FIG. 28 are conceptual diagrams of the three-dimensional image display device according to the seventh embodiment for monochrome display. In FIG. 25, the optical axis is the z axis, the orthogonal coordinates in the plane orthogonal to the z axis are the x axis and the y axis, the direction parallel to the x axis is the X direction, and the direction parallel to the y axis is Y. The direction. The X direction is, for example, the horizontal direction in the 3D image display device, and the Y direction is, for example, the vertical direction in the 3D image display device. Here, FIG. 25 is a conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display apparatus of Example 7 on the yz plane. The conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display apparatus of Example 7 in the xz plane is substantially the same as FIG. FIG. 27 is a conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the seventh embodiment as viewed from an oblique direction. FIG. 28 schematically illustrates the arrangement state of the components of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the seventh embodiment. FIG.

  Even in the three-dimensional image display apparatus 1C according to the seventh embodiment, the three-dimensional image display apparatus alone including the components shown in FIGS. 25, 26, 27, and 28 is smaller than the conventional technique. Therefore, it is possible to generate and form a large number of light beams with high density. The three-dimensional image display apparatus 1C of the seventh embodiment is a single three-dimensional image display apparatus, and a large number (M × N) of projector units 701 shown in FIG. 63 are arranged in parallel in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction. It has a function equivalent to the projector assembly device.

Describing along the components of the three-dimensional image display device according to the seventh aspect of the present invention, the three-dimensional image display device 1C of Example 7 is a three-dimensional image display device including a light source 10 and an optical system. is there. And this optical system
(A) a two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 that includes a plurality of pixels 31 and generates a two-dimensional image based on light from the light source 10;
(B) An optical element 36 having an optical power for refracting incident light and condensing it at approximately one point is arranged in a two-dimensional matrix and has a function as a phase grating for modulating the phase of transmitted light. An optical device 35 that emits spatial frequencies in a two-dimensional image incident from the two-dimensional image forming device 30 along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N);
(C) Fourier transform image forming means 40 for generating a Fourier transform image of a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N) by Fourier transforming the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the optical device 35. ,
(D) Fourier transform image selection means 50 for selecting a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order among Fourier transform images generated in a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N); and
(E) conjugate image forming means 60 for forming a conjugate image of the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selection means 50;
It has.

Further, the conjugate image forming means 60 forms a real image of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 by performing inverse Fourier transform on the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selecting means 50. Inverse Fourier transform means (specifically, a second lens L ₂ described later) is provided. Further, the Fourier transform image forming means 40 is composed of a lens, and the focal point of the optical element 36 constituting the optical device 35 (the rear focal point in the seventh embodiment) is located on the front focal plane of this lens. A Fourier transform image selection means 50 is disposed on the rear focal plane of this lens. The Fourier transform image selection means 50 has a number of openings 51 that can be controlled to be opened and closed corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N).

  Here, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image corresponds to image information using the spatial frequency of the pixel structure in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 as the carrier frequency.

Further, the three-dimensional image display device 1C according to the seventh embodiment will be described along the components of the three-dimensional image display device according to the eighth aspect of the present invention. Device. And this optical system
(A) a two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 that has a plurality (P × Q) of pixels 31 and generates a two-dimensional image based on light from the light source 10;
(B) P _OD × Q _OD optical elements 36 having an optical power that refracts incident light and collects the light at approximately one point in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions (where P _OD and Q _OD is an arbitrary positive integer) array and has a function as a phase grating that modulates the phase of transmitted light. A spatial frequency in an incident two-dimensional image is expressed by a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N). ) An optical device 35 that emits along a diffraction angle corresponding to
(C) The first lens (more specifically, the embodiment) in which the focal point of the optical element 36 constituting the optical device 35 (the rear focal point in the seventh embodiment) is located on the front focal plane. 7 is a convex lens) L ₁ ,
(D) M × N open / close controllable openings 51 are arranged on the rear focal plane of the first lens L _{1 and} are M along the X direction and N along the Y direction. A spatial filter SF,
(E) a second lens (more specifically, a convex lens in Example 7) L ₂ in which the spatial filter SF is disposed on the front focal plane thereof, and
(F) a third lens (more specifically, a convex lens in Example 7) L ₃ whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the second lens L ₂ ;
It has.

Here, in Example 7 or Example 8 or Example 13 to be described later, in the optical device 35, there are M groups (however, m and m) from the m-th order to the m′-th order along the X direction. 'Is an integer, M is a positive integer), and N sets from the n-th to the n'-th along the Y direction (where n and n' are integers and N is a positive integer) In total, M × N sets of diffracted light are generated. Here, P _OD = P = 1024, Q _OD = Q = 768, m = −4, m ′ = 4, M = m′−m + 1 = 9, n = −4, n ′ = 4, N = n′−n + 1 = 9. However, it is not limited to these values. When the constituent elements of the three-dimensional image display device according to the seventh aspect of the present invention are compared with the constituent elements of the three-dimensional image display device according to the eighth aspect of the present invention, the Fourier transform image forming means 40 has the first lens L. ₁ , the Fourier transform image selection means 50 corresponds to the spatial filter SF, the inverse Fourier transform means corresponds to the second lens L ₁ , and the conjugate image formation means 60 corresponds to the second lens L ₂ and the third lens L ₂ . It corresponds to a lens L _3. Therefore, for the sake of convenience, the following description will be made based on the terms two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, first lens L ₁ , spatial filter SF, second lens L ₁ , and third lens L ₃ .

  Similar to the first embodiment, an illumination optical system 20 for shaping light emitted from the light source 10 is disposed between the light source 10 and the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. The two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is illuminated with light (illumination light) emitted from the light source 10 and passed through the illumination optical system 20. The illumination optical system 20 will be described later.

  The two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 has a plurality of pixels 31 arranged two-dimensionally, and each pixel 31 has an opening. Specifically, the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 includes P × Q pixels 31 that are two-dimensionally arranged, that is, arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions. Each pixel 31 is provided with an opening.

  Similar to the first embodiment, one pixel 31 is an overlapping region of the transparent first electrode and the transparent second electrode and includes a region including a liquid crystal cell. Then, by operating the liquid crystal cell as a kind of light shutter (light valve), that is, by controlling the light transmittance of each pixel 31, the light transmittance of the light emitted from the light source 10 is controlled, As a whole, a two-dimensional image can be obtained. A rectangular opening is provided in an overlapping region between the transparent first electrode and the transparent second electrode, and a light emitted from the light source 10 passes through the opening to generate a two-dimensional image.

An optical device 35 is disposed adjacent to the rear of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 (for example, in close contact with the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 or through a slight gap). Note that, by arranging the optical device 35 adjacent to the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, the influence of the diffraction phenomenon caused by the light passing through the openings of the pixels 31 constituting the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 can be ignored. it can. Here, in Example 7, the planar shape of the optical element 36 constituting the optical device 35 is a rectangular shape similar to the planar shape of the opening of the corresponding pixel 31, and each optical element 36 has a positive optical power. It has a refractive lattice element, specifically, a convex lens (focal length f ₀ ). And the optical apparatus 35 is comprised from a kind of micro lens array, and is produced from glass based on the well-known method of manufacturing a micro lens array.

The optical device 35 functions as a phase grating. That is, in the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, the light emitted from each pixel 31 (this light can be regarded as parallel light) is two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. Is incident on the corresponding optical element 36 in the optical device 35 arranged adjacent to. The light incident on the optical element 36 is refracted and collected at a substantially single point at the focal length f ₀ , and further proceeds backward from that point. Looking at such a state from another point of view, as shown in a conceptual diagram in FIG. 26, a rectangular opening region corresponding to the optical element 36 (a kind of type) is located at a distance f ₀ behind the optical device 35. It can be considered that the light emitted from the optical element 36 passes through the virtual opening region 37. As a result, an equivalent phenomenon occurs when Fraunhofer diffraction occurs, and in the optical element 36 corresponding to each pixel 31 (more specifically, in the virtual opening region 37 corresponding to the optical element 36), M × N sets = 81 sets of diffracted light are generated. In other words, since the number of pixels 31 and optical elements 36 is P × Q = P _OD × Q _OD , a total of (P _OD × Q _OD × M × N) diffracted lights are generated in the optical device 35. Can also be considered. And the spatial frequency in a two-dimensional image is radiate | emitted from the optical apparatus 35 along the diffraction angle corresponding to several diffraction orders (total MxN) which arise from each optical element 36. FIG. The diffraction angle varies depending on the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image. Although the value of the focal length f ₀ can be essentially an arbitrary value, the multiple optical elements 36 constituting the optical device 35 have the same focal length f ₀ . As shown in FIG. 26, the light emitted from the optical element 36 propagates at an angle determined by the numerical aperture of the optical element 36, but the propagating light spreads, and a situation in which there is almost no loss of light quantity can be obtained. it can. Here, the arrangement pitch or size of the optical element 36 and d _0, the parallel light of a wavelength λ is, the width D of the light collected by the size d _0, the optical element 36 of focal length f _0, the
D = 2.44λ / sin (arctan (d ₀ / 2f ₀ ))
Can be expressed as From this, the optical aperture ratio can be expressed by (D ² / d ₀ ² ) by using the optical element 36, but no light loss is caused due to the decrease in the aperture ratio.

Further, the rear focal point (focal length f ₀ ) of the optical element 36 constituting the optical device 35 is located on the front focal plane (focal plane on the light source side) of the first lens L ₁ having the focal length f _1. A spatial filter SF is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens L ₁ (observer-side focal plane). The first lens L ₁ generates M × N = 81 Fourier transform images that are numbers corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders, and these Fourier transform images are formed on the spatial filter SF. In FIG. 27, for the sake of convenience, 64 Fourier transform images are shown as dots.

  In the same manner as described in the first embodiment with reference to FIG. 12, the spatial filter SF can specifically perform temporal opening / closing control for spatially and temporally filtering the Fourier transform image. Spatial filter. More specifically, the spatial filter SF has a number of openings 51 that can be controlled to open and close (specifically, M × N = 81) corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders. In the spatial filter SF, one Fourier corresponding to a desired diffraction order is obtained by opening one desired opening 51 in synchronization with the generation timing of a two-dimensional image by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. Select the conversion image. More specifically, the spatial filter SF is, for example, a transmissive liquid crystal display device or a reflective liquid crystal display device using a ferroelectric liquid crystal having M × N pixels, or a movable mirror is a two-dimensional matrix. It can be composed of a two-dimensional type MEMS including devices arranged in a shape.

As described above, specifically, the conjugate image forming unit 60 includes the second lens L ₂ and the third lens L ₃ . The second lens L ₂ having the focal length f ₂ performs the inverse Fourier transform on the Fourier transform image filtered by the spatial filter SF, thereby realizing the real image RI of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. Form. The third lens L ₃ having a focal length f ₃ forms a conjugate image CI of the Fourier transform image filtered by the spatial filter SF.

The second lens L ₂ is arranged on the front focal plane so that the spatial filter SF is positioned, and a real image RI of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is formed on the rear focal plane. Are arranged to be. The magnification of the real image RI obtained here with respect to the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 can be changed by arbitrarily selecting the focal length f ₂ of the second lens L ₂ .

On the other hand, the third lens L ₃ is arranged such that its front focal plane coincides with the rear focal plane of the second lens L ₂ , and a conjugate image CI of the Fourier transform image is formed on the rear focal plane. Are arranged as follows. Here, since the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ is a conjugate plane of the spatial filter SF, it is generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 from a portion corresponding to one opening 51 on the spatial filter SF. This is equivalent to the output of the two-dimensional image. The amount of light finally generated and output is an amount obtained by multiplying the number of pixels (P × Q) by a plurality of diffraction orders (specifically, M × N) transmitted through the optical system. Can be defined. Further, although the back focal plane of the third lens L ₃ conjugate image CI of the Fourier transform image is formed, in the back focal plane of the third lens L _3, orderly group of light beams are two-dimensionally It can be regarded as being placed. That is, as a whole, the projector unit 701 shown in FIG. 63 is arranged for a plurality of diffraction orders (specifically, M × N) on the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ . Is equivalent to

As schematically shown in FIGS. 27 and 29, the X direction can be obtained by one optical element 36 in the optical device 35 (more specifically, in a virtual opening region 37 located at the rear focal point of the optical element 36). 9 sets from the −4th order to the + 4th order along the Y direction, and 9 sets from the −4th order to the + 4′th order along the Y direction, a total of M × N sets = 81 sets of diffracted light. Generated. In FIG. 29, only the diffracted light of the 0th order light (n ₀ = 0), ± 1st order light (n ₀ = ± 1), and ± 2nd order light (n ₀ = ± 2) is shown as a representative. As shown, higher-order diffracted light is actually generated, and a stereoscopic image is finally formed based on these diffracted light. Here, all image information (information of all pixels) of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is collected in the diffracted light (light beam) of each diffraction order. A plurality of light beam groups (9 × 9 = 81 light beam groups) generated by diffraction from the same pixel on the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 all have the same image information at the same time. In other words, in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 including the transmissive liquid crystal display device having P × Q pixels 31, a two-dimensional image is generated based on the light from the light source 10, and the generated 2 The spatial frequency in the dimensional image is emitted from the optical device 35 along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N) generated from the optical elements 36. That is, M × N types of copies of the two-dimensional image are emitted from the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N).

Then, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image in which all the image information of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is aggregated is Fourier-transformed by the first lens L ₁ , and a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × The number of Fourier transform images corresponding to N) is generated, and the Fourier transform images are formed on the spatial filter SF. In the first lens L ₁ , a Fourier transform image having a spatial frequency in a two-dimensional image emitted along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders is generated. Obtainable.

Here, the wavelength of the light (illumination light) emitted from the light source 10 is λ (mm), the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is ν (lp / mm), and the first lens Assuming that the focal length of L ₁ is f ₁ (mm), the space on the rear focal plane of the first lens L ₁ is a space at a distance Y ₁ (mm) from the optical axis based on the above-described equation (1). Light having a frequency ν (Fourier transform image) appears.

Since the condensing state in the first lens L ₁ is the same as that schematically shown in FIG. 14, detailed description thereof is omitted.

In the first lens L _1, in order to transmit the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted along the diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders, the first lens L ₁ in accordance with the diffraction order to use It is necessary to select an aperture ratio NA, and the aperture ratios of all lenses after the first lens L ₁ are required to be equal to or higher than the aperture ratio NA of the first lens L ₁ regardless of the focal length. .

The size of the opening 51 may be the same value as the value of Y ₁ in the expression (1), as described in the first embodiment. As an example, the wavelength λ of the illumination light 532 nm, and the focal length f ₁ of the first lens L ₁ 50 mm, the size of one pixel 31 in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is for approximately 13Myuemu～14myuemu, Y ₁ Value Is about 2 mm. This means that a Fourier transform image corresponding to each diffraction order can be obtained at a high density of about 2 mm on the spatial filter SF. In other words, 9 × 9 = 81 Fourier transform images can be obtained on the spatial filter SF at intervals of about 2 mm in both the X direction and the Y direction.

  Here, since the spatial frequency ν in the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 including the P × Q pixels 31, the two-dimensional image is generated. At most, the frequency has a period composed of two consecutive pixels 31 constituting the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30.

A schematic front view of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 in a state where the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is the lowest is the same as that shown in FIG. In this case, the frequency characteristic of the light intensity of the Fourier transform image formed by the first lens L ₁ is the same as that shown in FIG. On the other hand, a schematic front view of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 having the highest spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is the same as that shown in FIG. The frequency characteristic of the light intensity of the Fourier transform image formed by the _first lens L ₁ is the same as that shown in FIG. Furthermore, the distribution of the Fourier transform image on the spatial filter SF (on the xy plane) is the same as shown in FIGS. 17A, 17B, and 17C. The planar shape of the opening 51 in the spatial filter SF may be the same as that in the first embodiment.

By the way, the state having the highest spatial frequency is a case where all pixels alternately display black and white as shown in FIG. The relationship between the spatial frequency of the pixel structure in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 and the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image is as follows. That is, when it is assumed that the aperture occupies all the pixels (that is, the aperture ratio is 100%), the highest spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image is (1/2) of the spatial frequency of the pixel structure. Also, if the aperture occupies a certain percentage of pixels (less than 100%), the highest spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image is below (1/2) of the spatial frequency of the pixel structure. Therefore, all the spatial frequencies in the two-dimensional image appear up to the half of the periodic pattern interval due to the pixel structure appearing in the spatial filter SF. For this reason, all the openings 51 can be arranged without spatially interfering with each other. That is, for example, the (3,2) th aperture 51, while the Fourier transform image having a diffraction order of _{m 0 = 3, n 0 =} 2 enters, the _{m 0 = 3, n 0 =} 2 The Fourier transform image having the diffraction order does not enter the other openings 51. As a result, the space in the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 in the Fourier transform image located in one opening 51 on the spatial filter SF having the independent opening 51 for each Fourier transform image. While the frequency exists, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is not lost due to the spatial restriction of the opening 51. The spatial frequency of the pixel structure can be regarded as the carrier frequency, and the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image corresponds to image information using the spatial frequency of the pixel structure as the carrier frequency.

  In the spatial filter SF, the opening / closing control of the opening 51 is performed in order to control the passage / non-passage of the M × N Fourier transform images. If the spatial filter SF is composed of, for example, a liquid crystal display device, the opening / closing control of the opening 51 can be performed by operating the liquid crystal cell as a kind of light shutter (light valve).

When the brightness of the obtained image is different depending on the diffraction order, as described above, a neutral density filter for dimming a bright image with the darkest image as a reference is used for the third lens L ₃ . What is necessary is just to arrange | position to a back side focal plane. The same applies to Example 8 and Example 13 described later.

As described above, according to the three-dimensional image display device 1C of the seventh embodiment, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming device 30 follows the diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders. The Fourier transform image obtained by the Fourier transform by the Fourier transform image forming means 40 (first lens L ₁ ) is spatially and by the Fourier transform image selection means 50 (spatial filter SF). In addition, since it has a configuration in which a conjugate image CI of the filtered Fourier transform image is formed by temporal filtering, a plurality of spatially high density and a plurality of images can be obtained without increasing the size of the entire three-dimensional image display device. A group of rays can be generated and scattered in a state distributed in the direction of. In addition, each light beam that is a constituent element of the light beam group can be independently controlled temporally and spatially. As a result, it is possible to obtain a three-dimensional image using light rays that are close to the same quality as real-world objects.

  Further, according to the three-dimensional image display apparatus 1C of the seventh embodiment, since the light beam reproduction method is used, it is possible to provide a stereoscopic image that satisfies visual functions such as focus adjustment, convergence, and motion parallax. . Furthermore, according to the three-dimensional image display apparatus 1C of the seventh embodiment, since higher-order diffracted light is efficiently used, one image output device (two-dimensional image formation) is compared with the conventional image output method. Light rays (a kind of copy of a two-dimensional image) that can be controlled by the device 30 and the optical device 35) can be obtained for a plurality of diffraction orders (ie M × N). Moreover, according to the three-dimensional image display device 1C of the seventh embodiment, filtering is performed spatially and temporally, so that the temporal characteristics of the three-dimensional image display device are changed to the spatial characteristics of the three-dimensional image display device. Can be converted. In addition, a stereoscopic image can be obtained without using a diffusion screen or the like. Furthermore, it is possible to provide an appropriate stereoscopic image for observation from any direction. In addition, since a group of rays can be generated and scattered at a spatially high density, a fine spatial image close to the visual recognition limit can be provided.

  The eighth embodiment is a modification of the seventh embodiment. FIG. 30 schematically shows the arrangement state of the components of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the eighth embodiment.

The two-dimensional image forming apparatus 130 according to the eighth embodiment is different from the liquid crystal display apparatus according to the seventh embodiment in that a one-dimensional image forming apparatus (specifically, a PD (for example, 1920) divided one-dimensional image is generated). Is generated by a diffraction grating-light modulation device 201); and a one-dimensional image forming device (diffraction grating-light modulation device 201), and two-dimensionally developing (scanning) a P-partitioned one-dimensional image. And a scanning optical system (specifically, a scan mirror 205) that forms a two-dimensional image divided into P × Q. An optical device 35 is disposed behind the scanning optical system. The spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image is arranged along the diffraction angle corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (specifically, the total number M ₀ × N ₀ ). Emitted.

The conceptual diagram of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 130 including the diffraction grating-light modulation apparatus is the same as that of the light modulation means 130 of the fourth embodiment shown in FIG. The two-dimensional image obtained by scanning passes through the scanning lens system 131 and enters the optical device 35 arranged on the generation surface of the two-dimensional image, and is divided into P × Q pieces in the optical device 35. For each section of the two-dimensional image, M × N sets of diffracted light are generated. Specifically, the spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image is emitted from the optical device 35 along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the optical elements 36 of the optical device 35. The rear focal point of the optical device 35 is disposed on the front focal plane of the first lens L ₁ having the focal length f ₁ . The one-dimensional spatial light modulator (diffraction grating-light modulation device 201) and diffraction grating-light modulation element 210 will be described later.

  Except for the above points, the configuration and structure of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the eighth embodiment can be the same as the configuration and structure of the three-dimensional image display apparatus described in the seventh embodiment. To do.

Example 9 relates to an image display device according to the ninth and tenth aspects of the present invention. FIG. 31, FIG. 32 and FIG. 33 are conceptual diagrams of a three-dimensional image display apparatus of Example 9 for monochromatic display. Here, FIG. 31 is a conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the ninth embodiment in the xz plane and the x′z ′ plane. The conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the ninth embodiment in the yz plane and the y′z ′ plane is substantially the same except for the arrangement of the imaging means 82 (third lens L ₃ ) and the beam splitter 81 described later. This is the same as FIG. FIG. 32 is a conceptual diagram when the three-dimensional image display device of the ninth embodiment is viewed from an oblique direction, and FIG. 33 schematically shows the arrangement state of the components of the three-dimensional image display device of the ninth embodiment. FIG. In FIG. 32, most of the components of the three-dimensional image display device are omitted, and the illustration of light rays is simplified, which is different from FIGS. 31 and 33. Further, in FIG. 32, only a part of the light beam emitted from the two-dimensional image forming apparatus is illustrated.

Even in the three-dimensional image display device 1D of the ninth embodiment, the three-dimensional image display device alone having the components shown in FIGS. 31, 32, and 33 has a spatial density as compared with the conventional technique. And it is possible to generate and form a large number of light beams. The three-dimensional image display apparatus 1D according to the ninth embodiment is a single three-dimensional image display apparatus, and a large number of (S ₀ × T ₀ ) projector units 701 shown in FIG. 63 are arranged in parallel in the horizontal and vertical directions. It has a function equivalent to the projector assembly apparatus arranged in

Describing along the components of the three-dimensional image display device according to the ninth aspect of the present invention, the three-dimensional image display device 1D of Example 9 is a three-dimensional image display device including a light source 10 and an optical system. is there. And this optical system
(A) A plurality of pixels 31 are provided, light from the light source 10 is modulated by each pixel 31 to generate a two-dimensional image, and a spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image is generated from the plurality of pixels 31. Light modulating means 30 for emitting along a diffraction angle corresponding to the diffraction order;
(B) Fourier transform of the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means 30 to generate a number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the respective pixels 31, and these Fourier transform images Only a predetermined Fourier transform image (for example, a Fourier transform image corresponding to the first order diffraction using the 0th order diffraction of the plane wave component as the carrier frequency) is selected, and the selected Fourier transform image is further converted to the inverse Fourier. An image limiting / generating unit 32 that converts and forms a conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation unit 30 (a real image of the two-dimensional image);
(C) a light beam traveling direction changing unit 80 that changes (changes) the traveling direction of the light beam emitted from the image limiting / generating unit; and
(D) Imaging means 82 for forming an image of the light beam emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing means 80;
It has.

  Here, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image corresponds to image information using the spatial frequency of the pixel structure as the carrier frequency. The spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is a spatial frequency obtained by removing the spatial frequency of the pixel structure from the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image.

Then, the image restriction / generation unit 32
(B-1) The first lens L ₁ that generates a Fourier transform image having a number corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel by Fourier transforming the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means 30. ,
(B-2) It is arranged closer to the light beam traveling direction changing means side than the first lens L ₁ , and a predetermined Fourier transform image (for example, 0th-order diffraction of a plane wave component is used as a carrier frequency among these Fourier transform images) A scattering diffraction limiting aperture (image limiting aperture) 33 for selecting only the Fourier transform image corresponding to the first order diffraction), and
(B-3) A conjugate of the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation means 30 by being arranged on the light beam traveling direction changing means side with respect to the scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 and performing inverse Fourier transform on the selected Fourier transform image. A second lens L ₂ forming an image,
It is composed of The scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens L ₁ and on the front focal plane of the second lens L ₂ . The same applies to Example 10 and Example 13 described later.

Further, the three-dimensional image display device 1D according to the ninth embodiment will be described along the components of the three-dimensional image display device according to the tenth aspect of the present invention. The three-dimensional image display device 1D according to the ninth embodiment includes a light source 10 and an optical system. Device. And this optical system
(A) It has openings (number: P ₀ × Q ₀ ) arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions, and controls the passage, reflection, or diffraction of light from the light source 10 for each opening. A two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 for generating a two-dimensional image and generating diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each aperture based on the two-dimensional image
(B) a first lens L ₁ in which a two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) Only the diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order (for example, a Fourier transform image corresponding to the first order diffraction using the 0th order diffraction of the plane wave component as the carrier frequency) disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens L ₁ is used. A scattering diffraction limiting aperture (image limiting aperture) 33 to be passed;
(D) a second lens L ₂ in which a scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 is arranged on the front focal plane;
(E) is arranged in the second lens L ₂ of the rear (rear side focal plane), to change the traveling direction of the light ray emitted from the second lens L ₂ (alters) light ray traveling direction change means 80, and ,
(F) a third lens L ₃ for forming an image of the light beam emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing means 80;
It has.

In Example 9, the first lens L ₁ , the second lens L ₂ , and the third lens L ₃ are specifically composed of convex lenses.

Here, in Example 9 or Example 10 or Example 13 described later, P ₀ = 1024, Q ₀ = 768, S ₀ = 8, and T ₀ = 8. However, it is not limited to these values. Further, the z-axis, which is the portion of the optical axis up to the light beam traveling direction changing means 80, extends to the light beam traveling direction changing means 80 constituting the three-dimensional image display device 1D according to the ninth embodiment or the tenth or thirteenth embodiment described later. Through the center of each of the components, and is orthogonal to these components constituting the three-dimensional image display device 1D. When the constituent elements of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the ninth aspect of the present invention are compared with the constituent elements of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the tenth aspect or the eleventh aspect of the present invention, the light modulation means 30 is two-dimensional. Corresponding to the image forming apparatus 30, the image limiting / generating unit 32 corresponds to the first lens L ₁ , the scattering diffraction limiting aperture (image limiting aperture) 33, and the second lens L ₂ , and the imaging unit 82. Corresponds to the third lens L ₃ . Therefore, for the sake of convenience, the following description will be given based on the terms two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, first lens L ₁ , scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33, second lens L ₂ , and third lens L ₃ .

  Similar to the first embodiment, an illumination optical system 20 for shaping light emitted from the light source 10 is disposed between the light source 10 and the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. The two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is illuminated with light (illumination light) emitted from the light source 10 and passed through the illumination optical system 20. The illumination optical system 20 will be described later.

The two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 includes a two-dimensional spatial light modulator having a plurality of pixels 31 arranged two-dimensionally, and each pixel 31 has an opening. Specifically, the two-dimensional image forming device 30 or the two-dimensional spatial light modulator is two-dimensionally arranged, that is, P ₀ × arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X direction and the Y direction. It consists of a transmissive liquid crystal display device having Q ₀ pixels 31, and each pixel 31 is provided with an opening.

Similar to the first embodiment, one pixel 31 is an overlapping region of the transparent first electrode and the transparent second electrode and includes a region including a liquid crystal cell. Then, by operating the liquid crystal cell as a kind of light shutter (light valve), that is, by controlling the light transmittance of each pixel 31, the light transmittance of the light emitted from the light source 10 is controlled, As a whole, a two-dimensional image can be obtained. In the overlapping region of the transparent first electrode and the transparent second electrode, a rectangular opening is provided. When light emitted from the light source 10 passes through the opening, Fraunhofer diffraction occurs. ₀ × N ₀ diffracted light is generated. In other words, since the number of pixels 31 is P ₀ × Q ₀ , it can be considered that a total of (P ₀ × Q ₀ × M ₀ × N ₀ ) diffracted lights are generated. In the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image is emitted from the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M ₀ × N ₀ ) generated from each pixel 31. Is done. The diffraction angle varies depending on the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image.

A two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is arranged on the front focal plane (focal plane on the light source side) of the first lens L ₁ having a focal length f _1, and the rear focal plane (observation) of the first lens L _1. Scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 is arranged on the focal plane on the person side. A number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders are generated by the first lens L ₁ , and these Fourier transform images are formed in a plane where the scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 is located. Then, only diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order (for example, a Fourier transform image corresponding to the first order diffraction using the 0th order diffraction of the plane wave component as the carrier frequency) passes through the scattering diffraction limiting opening 33. A scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 is disposed on the front focal plane of the second lens L ₂ having the focal length f ₂ . Furthermore, the light beam traveling direction changing means 80 is disposed on the rear focal plane of the second lens L ₂ and on the front focal plane of the third lens L ₃ having the focal length f ₃ . . The rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ corresponds to the imaging plane IS. A beam splitter 81 is disposed between the second lens L ₂ and the light beam traveling direction changing means 80, and the light beam from the _second lens L ₂ passes through the beam splitter 81 and travels. It enters the direction changing means 80.

The light beam traveling direction changing means 80 is constituted by a reflective optical means that can change (change) the angle of the emitted light with respect to the incident light, specifically, a mirror, for example. More specifically, the mirror is composed of a polygon mirror. By controlling the tilt angle of the rotation axis while rotating the polygon mirror around the rotation axis, the image is formed on the imaging plane IS. The positions where the images are formed can be positions arranged in a two-dimensional matrix of S ₀ × T ₀ locations.

  The light beam traveling direction changing means 80 is constituted by a transmission type optical means capable of changing (changing) the angle of the emitted light with respect to the incident light, specifically, for example, a prism. Can do. In this case, for example, a mechanism for rotating (changing) the prism in a desired direction about the z axis may be provided.

The third lens L ₃ is arranged so that its front focal plane coincides with the rear focal plane of the second lens L ₂ , and a conjugate image CI of the Fourier transform image is formed on the rear focal plane (imaging plane IS). Are arranged to form. The light beam reflected by the light beam traveling direction changing means 80 is reflected by the beam splitter 81 and enters the _third lens L ₃ . Here, since the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ is a conjugate plane of the scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33, a conjugate image of a two-dimensional image is output from the scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 ( However, the final direction component of the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is equivalent to that defined by the light beam traveling direction changing means 80). The amount of light finally generated / output is the number of pixels (P ₀ × Q ₀ ), and is the light that has passed through the scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33. That is, the amount of light passing through the scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 is not substantially reduced by passing and reflecting the subsequent components of the three-dimensional image display device. Further, a conjugate image CI of the Fourier transform image is formed on the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₂ , but the direction component of the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is defined by the light beam traveling direction changing unit 80. In the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ , it can be considered that the light beam group is arranged two-dimensionally and orderly. That is, as a whole, a plurality of projector units 701 shown in FIG. 63 (specifically, S ₀ × T ₀ ) are provided on the rear focal plane (imaging plane IS) of the third lens L ₃ . Is equivalent to the state of being arranged. In the following description, the light beam emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing unit 80 is connected to the (m, n) th position on the rear focal plane (imaging plane IS) of the third lens L _3. When imaged, such imaging may be referred to as the (m, n) th imaging. In FIG. 32, for convenience, 64 images are shown as dots.

As schematically shown in FIG. 13, a single pixel 31 in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 generates a total of M ₀ × N ₀ sets of diffracted light along the X and Y directions. In FIG. 13, only the diffracted light of the zero order light (n ₀ = 0), ± first order light (n ₀ = ± 1), and ± second order light (n ₀ = ± 2) is shown as a representative. However, in reality, higher-order diffracted light is generated, and a stereoscopic image is finally formed based on a part of these diffracted light. Here, all image information (information of all pixels) of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is collected in the diffracted light (light beam) of each diffraction order. A plurality of light ray groups generated by diffraction from the same pixel on the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 all have the same image information at the same time. In other words, in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 composed of a transmissive liquid crystal display device having P ₀ × Q ₀ pixels 31, the light from the light source 10 is modulated by each pixel 31 to generate a two-dimensional image. It is, and the spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image is emitted along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M ₀ × N ₀₎ generated from the respective pixels 31. That is, a kind of M ₀ × N ₀ copies of the two-dimensional image are emitted from the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M ₀ × N ₀ ).

Then, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is Fourier-transformed by the first lens L ₁ , and a number of Fourier-transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel 31 are generated. Is done. Of these Fourier transform images, only a predetermined Fourier transform image (for example, a Fourier transform image corresponding to the first order diffraction using the zeroth order diffraction of the plane wave component as the carrier frequency) passes through the scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33. Further, the selected Fourier transform image is subjected to inverse Fourier transform by the second lens L ₂ to form a conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, and the conjugate of the two-dimensional image. The image is incident on the light beam traveling direction changing means 80. Note that the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image corresponds to image information in which the spatial frequency of the pixel structure is a carrier frequency, but only in a region of image information having a 0th-order plane wave as a carrier wave (that is, the maximum spatial frequency of the pixel structure). In other words, it is obtained as first-order diffraction using the 0th-order diffraction of the plane wave component as the carrier frequency, and the spatial frequency of the pixel structure (aperture structure) of the light modulation means Less than half of the spatial frequency passes through the scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33. Thus, the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image formed on the light beam traveling direction changing unit 80 does not include the pixel structure of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, but is generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. All of the spatial frequencies in the two-dimensional image are included.

The spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image in which all the image information of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is aggregated is emitted in a state where the direction component is changed from the light beam traveling direction changing unit 80, An image is formed on the imaging plane IS by the third lens L ₃ . In the third lens L ₃ , a Fourier transform image having a spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing means 80 is generated, so that a Fourier transform image can be obtained with a spatially high density. Can do.

  As described above, according to the three-dimensional image display apparatus 1D of the ninth embodiment, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation unit (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 30 is the light beam traveling direction changing unit 80. Is emitted along a predetermined angle, and the conjugate image CI is imaged on the imaging plane IS. Therefore, the entire three-dimensional image display device is enlarged without increasing the size, and A group of rays can be generated and scattered in a state distributed in a plurality of directions. Further, by providing the light beam traveling direction changing means 80, the contrast of the obtained image is not lowered, and a clear and blur-free stereoscopic image can be observed. In addition, each light beam that is a constituent element of the light beam group can be independently and temporally controlled. As a result, it is possible to obtain a three-dimensional image using light rays that are close to the same quality as real-world objects.

  Further, according to the three-dimensional image display device 1D of the ninth embodiment, since the light beam reproduction method is used, it is possible to provide a stereoscopic image that satisfies visual functions such as focus adjustment, convergence, and motion parallax. . Furthermore, according to the three-dimensional image display device 1D of the ninth embodiment, the direction component of the image is controlled by the light beam traveling direction changing means 80. Moreover, according to the three-dimensional image display device 1D of the ninth embodiment, Since the beam traveling direction changing means 80 performs a kind of filtering spatially and temporally, the temporal characteristic of the three-dimensional image display device can be converted into the spatial characteristic of the three-dimensional image display device. In addition, a stereoscopic image can be obtained without using a diffusion screen or the like. Furthermore, it is possible to provide an appropriate stereoscopic image for observation from any direction. In addition, since a group of rays can be generated and scattered at a spatially high density, a fine spatial image close to the visual recognition limit can be provided.

  Example 10 relates to an image display device according to the ninth and eleventh aspects of the present invention. FIG. 34 schematically shows the arrangement state of the components of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the tenth embodiment.

Unlike the liquid crystal display device according to the ninth embodiment, the light modulation unit 130 according to the tenth embodiment is a one-dimensional spatial light modulator that generates a one-dimensional image partitioned into P ₀ (for example, 1920) (specifically, Is generated by a one-dimensional spatial light modulator (diffraction grating-light modulation device 201), and two-dimensionally develops (scans) a one-dimensional image divided into P ₀ pieces. A scanning optical system (specifically, a scan mirror 205) that generates a P ₂ × Q ₀ partitioned two-dimensional image; and a two-dimensional image that is arranged and generated on the generation surface of the two-dimensional image A grating filter (diffraction grating filter) 132 that emits spatial frequencies in an image along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (specifically, total number M ₀ × N ₀ ) is provided. Here, M ₀ × N ₀ sets of diffracted light are generated by the grating filter 132 for each section of the two-dimensional image formed by the scanning optical system (scan mirror 205) and partitioned into P ₀ × Q ₀ pieces. . The grating filter 132 may be composed of an amplitude grating or a phase grating.

Alternatively, the three-dimensional image display device according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention will be described along the constituent elements of the three-dimensional image display device. Device. And this optical system
(A) A one-dimensional spatial light modulator that generates a one-dimensional image (specifically, a diffraction grating light modulator 201); two-dimensionally develops the one-dimensional image generated by the one-dimensional spatial light modulator. A scanning optical system that generates a two-dimensional image (specifically, a scan mirror 205); A two-dimensional image forming apparatus 130 comprising means (specifically, a lattice filter 132),
(B) a first lens L ₁ in which diffracted light generating means (grating filter 132) is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) Only the diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order (for example, a Fourier transform image corresponding to the first order diffraction using the 0th order diffraction of the plane wave component as the carrier frequency) is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens L _1. A scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 to be passed,
(D) a second lens L ₂ in which a scattering diffraction limiting aperture 33 is arranged on the front focal plane;
(E) is arranged behind the second lens L _2, the second lens L ₂ to change the traveling direction of a light ray emitted from the (changing) light ray traveling direction change means 80, and,
(F) a third lens L ₃ for forming an image of the light beam emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing means 80;
It has.

The conceptual diagram of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 130 including the diffraction grating-light modulation apparatus is the same as the light modulation means 130 of the fourth embodiment shown in FIG. , M ₀ × N ₀ sets of diffracted light are generated for each section of the two-dimensional image partitioned into P ₀ × Q ₀ pieces.

  Except for the above points, the configuration and structure of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the tenth embodiment can be the same as the configuration and structure of the three-dimensional image display apparatus described in the ninth embodiment. To do.

  Example 11 relates to the image display device according to the twelfth and thirteenth aspects of the present invention. FIG. 35 shows a conceptual diagram of a three-dimensional image display apparatus according to Example 11 for monochrome display. In FIG. 35, the optical axis is the z axis, the orthogonal coordinates in the plane orthogonal to the z axis are the x axis and the y axis, the direction parallel to the x axis is the X direction, and the direction parallel to the y axis is Y. The direction. The X direction is, for example, the horizontal direction in the 3D image display device, and the Y direction is, for example, the vertical direction in the 3D image display device. Here, FIG. 35 is a conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display apparatus of Example 11 on the yz plane. The conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display apparatus of Example 11 on the xz plane is substantially the same as FIG. Further, the conceptual diagram when the three-dimensional image display apparatus of Example 11 is viewed obliquely is the same as that shown in FIG. 10, and FIG. 36 shows the arrangement state of the components of the three-dimensional image display apparatus of Example 11 FIG. 37 and 38 are conceptual diagrams in which the vicinity of the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus), Fourier transform image formation means (first lens), and Fourier transform image selection means (spatial filter) are enlarged. (A) and (B). Furthermore, FIG. 39 shows a schematic front view of the light source, and FIG. 40 shows a schematic front view of the spatial filter.

Even in the three-dimensional image display device 1E of Example 11, the single-dimensional three-dimensional image display device including the components shown in FIG. 35 and the like has a spatial density higher than that of the conventional technique, and A large amount of light groups can be generated and formed. The three-dimensional image display apparatus 1E of the eleventh embodiment is a single three-dimensional image display apparatus, and a large number (U ₀ × V ₀ pieces) of projector units 701 shown in FIG. 63 are arranged in parallel in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction. It has a function equivalent to the projector assembly device arranged in

Describing along the components of the three-dimensional image display device according to the twelfth aspect of the present invention, the three-dimensional image display device 1E of Example 11 emits light from a plurality of discrete light emission positions. This is a three-dimensional image display device including a light source 10E and an optical system. And this optical system
(A) A two-dimensional image having a plurality of pixels (number: P × Q) 31, which are sequentially emitted from different light emission positions of the light source 10 </ b> E and having different incident directions (illumination light) by the pixels 31. And a light modulation means 30 that emits the spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N) generated from each pixel 31, and
(B) Fourier transform of the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means 30 to generate a number of Fourier transform images corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N). Fourier transform image forming means 40 for imaging
In addition,
(C) conjugate image forming means 60 for forming a conjugate image of the Fourier transform image formed by the Fourier transform image forming means 40;
It has.

Alternatively, in accordance with the components of the three-dimensional image display device according to the thirteenth aspect of the present invention, the three-dimensional image display device 1E of Example 11 emits light from a plurality of discrete light output positions. Is a three-dimensional image display device including a light source 10E that emits light and an optical system. And this optical system
(A) Light (illumination) having openings (number: P × Q) arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions, sequentially emitted from different light emission positions of the light source 10E, and having different incident directions A two-dimensional image that generates a two-dimensional image by controlling the passage of light) for each aperture, and that generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N) for each aperture based on the two-dimensional image. Image forming apparatus 30,
(B) a first lens L ₁ in which a two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is disposed on the front focal plane (focal plane on the light source side);
(C) on the rear focal plane of the first lens L ₁ (the focal surface on the observer side), a front-side focal plane the second lens (the focal plane of the light source side) is positioned L _2, and,
(D) a third lens L ₃ whose front focal plane is located on the rear focal plane of the second lens L ₂ ;
It has.

  Here, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image corresponds to image information using the spatial frequency of the pixel structure as the carrier frequency.

In the three-dimensional image display apparatus 1E according to the eleventh embodiment, the light source 10E is a light emitting element 11 and light incident from the light emitting element 11 and incident on the light modulation unit or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. A light beam traveling direction changing means for changing the direction is provided. Here, a plurality of light emitting elements 11 (specifically, light emitting diodes) are provided, and the plurality of light emitting elements 11 are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. Note that the number of the plurality of light emitting elements 11 arranged in a two-dimensional matrix is U ₀ '× V ₀ ', and the number of discrete light emission positions in the light source 10E is U ₀ × V ₀ ( However, U ₀ = U ₀ ′, V ₀ = V ₀ ′). In the eleventh embodiment, P = 1024, Q = 768, U ₀ = 9, and V ₀ = 9. However, it is not limited to these values. Further, the light beam traveling direction changing means is composed of a refractive optical means, specifically a lens, more specifically a collimator lens 12. Here, a plurality of light emitting elements 11 are disposed in the vicinity of the front focal plane of the collimator lens 12, and are emitted from each light emitting element 11, incident on the collimator lens 12, and light (parallel light) emitted from the collimator lens 12. ) Can be three-dimensionally changed by the collimator lens 12, so that the incident direction of light (illumination light) incident on the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 can be three-dimensionally changed (FIG. 37). In addition, although the emission direction of the light emitted from each light emitting element 11 is the same in Example 11 (specifically, parallel to the optical axis), it may be different. Alternatively, in other words, a lens (specifically, a collimator lens 12) is arranged between the light emitting elements 11 serving as the light source and the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. The light emitting element 11 is located in the front focal plane of the collimator lens 12 or in the vicinity of the front focal plane.

When the constituent elements of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the twelfth aspect of the present invention are compared with the constituent elements of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the thirteenth aspect of the present invention, the light modulation means 30 can be Correspondingly, the Fourier transform image forming means 40 corresponds to the first lens L ₁ , the Fourier transform image selection means 50 described later corresponds to the spatial filter SF, and the inverse Fourier transform means corresponds to the second lens L _2. The conjugate image forming means 60 corresponds to the second lens L ₂ and the third lens L ₃ . Therefore, for the sake of convenience, the following description will be given based on the terms two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, first lens L ₁ , spatial filter SF, second lens L ₂ , and third lens L ₃ .

_{A state} in which light beams emitted from the light emitting elements 11 _A , 11 _B , and 11 _C constituting the light source 10E pass through the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, the first lens L ₁ , and the spatial filter SF is schematically illustrated. FIG. 37 shows. In Figure 37 shows the light beam emitted from the light emitting element 11 _A constituting the light source 10E by the solid line, the light flux emitted from the light emitting element 11 _B shown by a one-dot chain line, dotted light flux emitted from the light emitting element 11 _C It shows with. In addition, the positions of the images in the spatial filter SF formed by the illumination light emitted from the light emitting elements 11 _A , 11 _B , and 11 _C are denoted by reference numerals (11 _A ), (11 _B ), and (11 _C ), respectively. . Note that the position numbers (which will be described later) of the light emitting elements 11 _A , 11 _B , 11 _C constituting the light source 10E are, for example, the (4,0) th, (0,0) th, and , (−4,0) th. Here, when a certain light emitting element is in a light emitting state, all other light emitting elements are turned off.

  As described above, the collimator lens 12 is disposed between the light emitting element 11 and the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. The two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is illuminated by the illumination light emitted from the light emitting element 11 and passed through the collimator lens 12. As described above, the incident direction of the illumination light to the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is as follows. Depending on the two-dimensional position (light emission position) of the light emitting element 11, the light emitting element 11 is three-dimensionally different.

  The light modulation means 30 includes a two-dimensional spatial light modulator having a plurality of pixels 31 arranged two-dimensionally, and each pixel 31 has an opening. Here, the two-dimensional spatial light modulator or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is specifically arranged two-dimensionally, that is, arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions. It consists of a transmissive liquid crystal display device having P × Q pixels 31, and each pixel 31 is provided with an opening. The planar shape of the opening is a rectangle. When the planar shape of the opening is rectangular, Fraunhofer diffraction occurs, and M × N sets of diffracted light are generated. That is, such an aperture forms an amplitude grating that periodically modulates the amplitude (intensity) of the incident light wave and obtains a light amount distribution that matches the light transmittance distribution of the grating.

  Similar to the first embodiment, one pixel 31 is an overlapping region of the transparent first electrode and the transparent second electrode and includes a region including a liquid crystal cell. Then, by operating the liquid crystal cell as a kind of light shutter (light valve), that is, by controlling the light transmittance of each pixel 31, the light transmittance of the illumination light emitted from the light source 10E is controlled. As a whole, a two-dimensional image can be obtained. In the overlapping region of the transparent first electrode and the transparent second electrode, a rectangular opening is provided, and when the illumination light emitted from the light source 10E passes through the opening, Fraunhofer diffraction occurs. M × N diffracted light is generated. In other words, since the number of pixels 31 is P × Q, it can be considered that a total of (P × Q × M × N) diffracted lights are generated. In the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image is emitted from the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N) generated from each pixel 31. . The diffraction angle varies depending on the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image.

In the three-dimensional image display device 1E of Example 11, the Fourier transform image forming means 40 is composed of a lens (first lens L _1), the front focal plane of the lens (first lens L ₁₎ (light source The light modulation means 30 is disposed on the side focal plane.

In the three-dimensional image display apparatus 1E according to the eleventh embodiment, a Fourier transform image selection means 50 for selecting a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order among the Fourier transform images generated by a number corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders. Is provided. Here, the Fourier transform image selection means 50 is arranged at a position where an Fourier transform image is formed (an XY plane or an image plane on which a Fourier transform image is formed by the Fourier transform image forming means 40). Specifically, the Fourier transform image selection means 50 is disposed on the rear focal plane (observer focal plane) of the lens (first lens L ₁ ) constituting the Fourier transform image formation means 40. Alternatively, 495. In other words, the three-dimensional image display device 1E of Example 11 has a number of closing controllable opening 51 corresponding to the number of light emitting positions of the light source 10E, the first lens L ₁ A spatial filter SF located in the rear focal plane is provided. That is, the Fourier transform image selection means 50 (the spatial filter SF), the number of light emitting positions discretely arranged light source _{10E (U 0 × V 0 =} LEP Total) number corresponding to the (U ₀ × V ₀ = LEP _Total ) opening 51.

Here, more specifically, the Fourier transform image selection means 50 (or the spatial filter SF) is, for example, a transmissive liquid crystal display device using a ferroelectric liquid crystal having U ₀ × V ₀ pixels or a reflection. Type liquid crystal display device or a two-dimensional type MEMS including a device in which movable mirrors are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. Here, for example, the opening / closing control of the opening 51 can be performed by operating the liquid crystal cell as a kind of optical shutter (light valve), and the opening / closing control of the opening 51 can be performed by moving / non-moving the movable mirror. It can be carried out. In the Fourier transform image selection means 50 (spatial filter SF), a desired opening 51 (specifically, for passing the 0th-order diffracted light in synchronization with the generation timing of the two-dimensional image by the light modulation means 30). By opening the opening 51), a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order (0th order) can be selected.

Further, the three-dimensional image display device 1E forms a real image RI of the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation unit 30 by performing inverse Fourier transform on the Fourier transform image formed by the Fourier transform image forming unit 40. Inverse Fourier transform means (specifically, a second lens L ₂ described later) is further provided.

In Example 11, the first lens L ₁ , the second lens L ₂ , and the third lens L ₃ are specifically composed of convex lenses.

As described above, the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is disposed on the front focal plane (focal plane on the light source side) of the first lens L ₁ having the focal length f _1, and the rear side of the _first lens L ₁ . A spatial filter SF capable of temporal opening / closing control for spatially and temporally filtering the Fourier transform image is disposed on the focal plane (observer-side focal plane). Then, the number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders is generated by the first lens L ₁ , and these Fourier transform images are formed on the spatial filter SF.

A schematic front view of a light source 10E composed of a plurality of light emitting elements arranged in a two-dimensional matrix is shown in FIG. 39, and a schematic front view of a spatial filter SF composed of a liquid crystal display device is shown in FIG. In FIGS. 39 and 40, numerals (u, v) indicate the position numbers of the light emitting elements constituting the light source 10E or the openings 51 constituting the spatial filter SF. That is, for example, in the (3, 2) th opening 51, a desired Fourier transform image (for example, Fourier corresponding to 0th-order diffraction) of a two-dimensional image by the (3, 2) th light emitting element is provided. Only the (converted image) enters and passes through the (3, 2) -th opening 51. A Fourier transform image other than the desired Fourier transform image of the two-dimensional image by the (3, 2) th light emitting element is blocked by the spatial filter SF. A spatial filter SF is disposed on the front focal plane of the second lens L ₂ having the focal length f ₂ . Furthermore, the back focal plane of the second lens L _2, such that the third front focal plane of the lens L ₃ with a focal length f ₃ matches, the second lens L ₂ and third lens L ₃ is arranged. The planar shape of the opening 51 in the spatial filter SF may be the same as that in the first embodiment.

As described above, specifically, the conjugate image forming unit 60 includes the second lens L ₂ and the third lens L ₃ . The second lens L ₂ having the focal length f ₂ performs the inverse Fourier transform on the Fourier transform image filtered by the spatial filter SF, thereby realizing the real image RI of the two-dimensional image formed by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. Form. That is, the second lens L ₂ is disposed so that a real image RI of the two-dimensional image formed by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is formed on the rear focal plane of the second lens L ₂ . The magnification of the real image RI obtained here with respect to the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 can be changed by arbitrarily selecting the focal length f ₂ of the second lens L ₂ . The third lens L ₃ having a focal length f ₃ forms a conjugate image CI of the Fourier transform image filtered by the spatial filter SF.

Here, since the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ is a conjugate plane of the spatial filter SF, it is generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 from a portion corresponding to one opening 51 on the spatial filter SF. This is equivalent to the output of the two-dimensional image. The amount of light finally generated and output is the number of pixels (P × Q), and is the light that has passed through the spatial filter SF. That is, the amount of light passing through the spatial filter SF is not substantially reduced by passing and reflecting the subsequent components of the three-dimensional image display device. Further, a conjugate image CI of the Fourier transform image is formed on the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ , but the directional component of the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is emitted from the light source 10E, and the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. Therefore, it can be considered that the light beam group is two-dimensionally arranged in the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ . That is, as a whole, a plurality of projector units 701 shown in FIG. 63 (specifically U ₀ ×) are provided on the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ (surface on which the conjugate image CI is formed). V ₀ ), which is equivalent to the arranged state.

As schematically shown in FIGS. 38A and 38B, one pixel 31 in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 causes a total of M × N sets of diffracted light along the X and Y directions. Generated. In the (A) and (B) in FIG. 38, 0 order light _{(n 0 = 0), ±} 1 -order light (n ₀ = ± 1), and, of ± 2-order light (n ₀ = ± 2) Although only the diffracted light is shown as a representative, actually, higher order (for example, ± 5th order) diffracted light is generated, and a part of these diffracted light (specifically, for example, 0 Based on the next light, a stereoscopic image is finally formed. Incidentally, (A) in FIG. 38, the diffracted light formed by a light ray emitted from the light emitting element 11 _B schematically show, in FIG. 38 (B) is formed by light rays emitted from the light emitting element 11 _A The diffracted light made is schematically shown. Here, all image information (information of all pixels) of the two-dimensional image formed by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is collected in the diffracted light (light beam) of each diffraction order. A plurality of light ray groups generated by diffraction from the same pixel on the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 all have the same image information at the same time. In other words, in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 including a transmissive liquid crystal display device having P × Q pixels 31, the illumination light from the light source 10E is modulated by each pixel 31 to generate a two-dimensional image. The spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image is emitted along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N) generated from each pixel 31. That is, M × N types of copies of the two-dimensional image are emitted from the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders (total M × N).

Then, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image in which all the image information of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is aggregated is Fourier transformed by the first lens L ₁ , and a plurality of diffractions generated from each pixel 31 A number of Fourier transform images corresponding to the order are generated. Then, among these Fourier transform images, only a predetermined Fourier transform image (for example, a Fourier transform image corresponding to the 0th-order diffraction) is passed through the spatial filter SF. Inverse Fourier transform is performed by the _second lens L ₂ , and a conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is formed. The conjugate image of the two-dimensional image is incident on the _third lens L ₃ , A conjugate image CI is formed by the third lens L ₃ . Note that the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image corresponds to image information in which the spatial frequency of the pixel structure is a carrier frequency, but only in a region of image information having a 0th-order plane wave as a carrier wave (that is, the maximum spatial frequency of the pixel structure). In other words, it is obtained as first-order diffraction using the 0th-order diffraction of the plane wave component as the carrier frequency, and the spatial frequency of the pixel structure (aperture structure) of the light modulation means Less than half of the spatial frequencies pass through the spatial filter SF. Thus, in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image formed by the third lens L ₃ , the pixel structure of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is not included, while the 2 generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. All of the spatial frequencies in the dimensional image are included. Since the third lens L ₃ generates a Fourier transform image having a spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image, a Fourier transform image can be obtained with a spatially high density.

As described above, according to the three-dimensional image display device 1E of the eleventh embodiment, the predetermined light emitting element 11 emits light, while the desired opening 51 in the Fourier transform image selection means 50 (spatial filter SF) is opened. To do. Therefore, the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 30 is emitted along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders, and the Fourier transform image forming means 40 (first The Fourier transform image obtained by Fourier transform by the lens L ₁ ) is spatially and temporally filtered by the Fourier transform image selection means 50 (spatial filter SF), and the filtered Fourier transform image. Since the conjugate image CI is formed, the light beam group is generated and scattered in a spatially high density and distributed in a plurality of directions without increasing the size of the entire three-dimensional image display device. can do. In addition, each light beam that is a constituent element of the light beam group can be independently controlled temporally and spatially. As a result, it is possible to obtain a three-dimensional image using light rays that are close to the same quality as real-world objects.

Further, according to the three-dimensional image display device 1E of the eleventh embodiment, since the light beam reproduction method is used, it is possible to provide a stereoscopic image that satisfies visual functions such as focus adjustment, convergence, and motion parallax. . Furthermore, according to the three-dimensional image display device 1E of the eleventh embodiment, illumination light having different incident directions to the two-dimensional image forming device 30 depending on a plurality of discretely arranged light emission positions can be efficiently used. Therefore, as compared with the conventional image output method, the number of light beams that can be controlled by one image output device (two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30) is the same as the number of discrete light output positions (that is, , U ₀ × V ₀ ). Moreover, according to the three-dimensional image display device 1E of the eleventh embodiment, since spatial and temporal filtering is performed, the temporal characteristics of the three-dimensional image display device are changed to the spatial characteristics of the three-dimensional image display device. Can be converted. In addition, a stereoscopic image can be obtained without using a diffusion screen or the like. Furthermore, it is possible to provide an appropriate stereoscopic image for observation from any direction. In addition, since a group of light beams can be generated and scattered at a high spatial density, a fine spatial image close to the visual recognition limit can be provided.

The twelfth embodiment is a modification of the eleventh embodiment. In Example 12, the light source 10E includes a plurality of light emitting elements 11 arranged in a two-dimensional matrix, and the light emitting elements 11 are arranged so that the emission directions of the light emitted from the light emitting elements 11 are different. is doing. As a result, the light modulator or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus can be illuminated with illumination light sequentially emitted from different light emission positions of the light source and having different incident directions. FIG. 41 shows a conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display apparatus when the light source having such a configuration is adopted in the three-dimensional image display apparatus of Example 12. Note that in FIG. 41 shows the one light flux emitted from the light emitting element 11 _A constituting the light source 10E by a solid line, shows a single light flux emitted from the light emitting element 11 _B by a one-dot chain line, the light emitting element 11 One of the light beams emitted from _C is indicated by a dotted line. In addition, the positions of the images in the spatial filter SF formed by the illumination light emitted from the light emitting elements 11 _A , 11 _B , and 11 _C are denoted by reference numerals (11 _A ), (11 _B ), and (11 _C ), respectively. , The positions of the images on the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ formed by the illumination light emitted from the light emitting elements 11 _A , 11 _B , and 11 _{C are} denoted by reference numerals (11 _a ) and (11 _b ), respectively. , (11 _c ). Further, it is a conceptual diagram in which the vicinity of the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 30, the Fourier transform image formation means 40 (first lens L ₁ ), and the Fourier transform image selection means 50 (spatial filter SF) are enlarged. , Schematically shows a state in which light beams emitted from the light emitting elements 11 _A , 11 _B , and 11 _C constituting the light source 10E pass through the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, the first lens L ₁ , and the spatial filter SF. FIG. 42, FIG. 43, and FIG. The position numbers of the light emitting elements 11 _A , 11 _B , 11 _C constituting the light source 10E are, for example, the (5,0) th, (0,0) th, and (−5,0). ) Th. Here, when a certain light emitting element is in a light emitting state, all other light emitting elements are turned off. In FIG. 41, reference numeral 20 denotes an illumination optical system composed of a lens for shaping illumination light.

  In Example 11 or Example 12, the light source may be configured to include a light emitting element and a light beam traveling direction changing means for changing the traveling direction of the light emitted from the light emitting element. it can. Specifically, for example, the inclination angle of the rotation axis may be controlled while rotating the polygon mirror around the rotation axis. Alternatively, the light traveling direction changing means is composed of a convex mirror composed of a curved surface, a concave mirror composed of a curved surface, a convex mirror composed of a polyhedron, and a concave mirror composed of a polyhedron, and the illumination light emitted from the mirror The light emission position of the light beam may be changed (changed) by controlling the mirror position and the like.

In Example 11 or Example 12, instead of the spatial filter SF (Fourier transform image selection means 50), the first lens L has a number of openings corresponding to the number of light emission positions. It can also be set as the structure provided with the scattering diffraction limiting member located in ₁ back focal plane. This scattering diffraction limiting member can be produced, for example, by providing an opening (for example, a pinhole) in a plate-like member that does not transmit light. Here, the position of the opening is a desired Fourier transform image (for example, having a 0th diffraction order) in a Fourier transform image (or diffracted light) obtained by the Fourier transform image selection means or the first lens. Alternatively, the position of the diffracted light) may be set as a position where the image is formed, and the position of the opening may correspond to the light emission positions arranged discretely.

The light source 10E may be composed of U ₀ × V ₀ planar light emitting members 11E ₁ arranged in a two-dimensional matrix with U _{0 in} the X direction and V _{0 in} the Y direction. Here, each planar light emitting member 11E ₁ includes a rod integrator 311 that emits light from one end surface 312 and a light emitting diode 316 disposed on the other end surface 313 of the rod integrator 311. When the rod integrator (kaleidoscope) 311 is cut along a virtual plane perpendicular to its axis, the cross-sectional shape is rectangular. As shown in a schematic cross-sectional view in FIG. 45A, the rod integrator 311 is made of a hollow member whose both end surfaces 312 and 313 are open ends. Alternatively, as shown in the schematic cross-sectional view of FIG. 45B, the one end surface 312 is an open end, and the other end surface 313 is made of a hollow member constituted by a light diffusion surface. Alternatively, as shown in a schematic cross-sectional view in FIG. 45C, it is made of a solid member made of a transparent material. Alternatively, as shown in the schematic cross-sectional view of FIG. 45D, the light-diffusing layer 314 is formed on the other end surface 313 and is made of a solid member. Alternatively, as shown in a schematic cross-sectional view in FIG. 45E, the hollow member having the light diffusing layer 314 formed on the one end surface 312 is prepared. On the outer surface of the hollow member or the outer surface of the solid member, a light reflecting layer 315 made of an aluminum layer formed by vacuum deposition is provided. The rod integrator 311 is made of glass. By using bundling means (not shown) and arranging U ₀ × V ₀ planar light emitting members 11E ₁ in a two-dimensional matrix with no gaps, the light source 10E can be obtained (FIG. 45). (See (F)). FIG. 45F shows 4 × 4 planar light emitting members.

Alternatively, as shown in a schematic cross-sectional view in FIG. 46A or 46B, each planar light emitting member 11E ₂ includes:
(A) a rod integrator 411 that emits light from one end surface 412;
(B) a light emitting diode 416 disposed on the other end surface 413 of the rod integrator 411;
(C) A reflective polarizing member 431 that is disposed on one end surface 412 of the rod integrator 411 and transmits a part of incident light according to the polarization state and reflects the rest, and
(D) a light reflecting member 421 provided at a portion of the other end surface 413 of the rod integrator 411 that does not block the light emitted from the light emitting diode 416;
It is composed of

  Here, since the configurations and structures of the rod integrator 411 and the light emitting diode 416 can be the same as the configurations and structures of the rod integrator 311 and the light emitting diode 316 described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted. In the example shown in FIG. 46A or FIG. 47A described later, the rod integrator 411 is made of a solid member, and FIG. 46B or FIG. In the example illustrated in (1), the rod integrator 411 is made of a hollow member. Reference numeral 415 indicates a light reflecting layer made of an aluminum layer formed by vacuum deposition on the outer surface of the hollow member or the outer surface of the solid member.

  The reflective polarizing member 431 has, for example, a structure in which a rib made of, for example, aluminum is formed on the surface of a base material made of a transparent material with a width of several tens of nm and a pitch of several hundreds of nm, or is also refracted It has a laminated film structure in which a plurality of layers having different rates are stacked. The arrangement of the reflective polarizing member 431 on the one end surface 412 of the rod integrator 411 can be achieved by bonding such a base material, or by directly forming a laminated film structure. Can be achieved. The light reflecting member 421 can be obtained by vacuum-depositing an aluminum layer on a substrate made of resin or the like. Further, the light reflecting member 421 can be arranged on the other end surface 413 of the rod integrator 411 by adhering a base material.

In the planar light emitting member 11E ₂ , the light emitted from the light emitting diode 416 and having a random polarization state enters the rod integrator 411. The P-polarized component of the light propagating through the rod integrator 411 and colliding with the reflective polarizing member 431 passes through the reflective polarizing member 431 and is emitted from the rod integrator 411. On the other hand, the S-polarized component is reflected by the reflective polarizing member 431, propagates in the rod integrator 411, collides with the light reflecting member 421, is reflected, further propagates in the rod integrator 411, and is reflected by the reflective polarizing member. Collide with 431 again. The light at this time generates a P-polarized component by reflection in the rod integrator 411, and the generated P-polarized component passes through the reflective polarizing member 431 and is emitted from the rod integrator 411.

  A polarization state of light propagating through such a rod integrator 411 is schematically shown in FIG. Here, the light indicated by the state [A] is light that is emitted from the light emitting diode 416, collides with the reflective polarizing member 431, and is reflected by the reflective polarizing member 431. Further, the light shown in the state [B] is light reflected by the reflective polarizing member 431, propagated through the rod integrator 411, and reflected by the light reflecting member 421. Furthermore, the light indicated by the state [C] is light immediately before being reflected by the light reflecting member 421, propagating through the rod integrator 411, and colliding with the reflective polarizing member 431. In FIG. 46C or FIG. 47C described later, the X axis indicates the P polarization component of light, and the Y axis indicates the S polarization component of light.

  The state as described above is repeated during the light emission of the light emitting diode 416. As a result, the light emitted from the light emitting diode 416 is efficiently emitted from the rod integrator 411.

  As shown in FIGS. 48A and 48B, a light diffusion member 432 made of a PET film may be bonded onto the reflective polarizing member 431. Further, a light diffusion layer may be provided between the light reflecting member 421 and the other end surface 413 similarly to the light diffusion layer 314.

Alternatively, in each planar light emitting member 11E ₃ , a schematic cross-sectional view is shown in FIGS. 47A and 47B between the other end surface 413 of the rod integrator 411 and the light reflecting member 421. A quarter-wave plate 422 is arranged.

In the planar light emitting member 11E ₃ , the light having a random polarization state emitted from the light emitting diode 416 enters the rod integrator 411. Of the light colliding with the reflective polarizing member 431, the P-polarized component passes through the reflective polarizing member 431 and is emitted from the rod integrator 411. On the other hand, the S-polarized light component is reflected by the reflective polarizing member 431, propagates through the rod integrator 411, passes through the quarter-wave plate 422, collides with the light reflecting member 421, and is reflected. It passes through the single wavelength plate 422 again, further propagates in the rod integrator 411, and collides with the reflective polarizing member 431 again. At this time, a P-polarized light component is generated by the light passing through the quarter-wave plate 422 and the reflection in the rod integrator 411, and the generated P-polarized light component passes through the reflective polarizing member 431. , Emitted from the rod integrator 411.

  FIG. 47C schematically shows the polarization state of light propagating through the rod integrator 411 in such a state. Here, the light indicated by the state [A] is light that is emitted from the light emitting diode 416, collides with the reflective polarizing member 431, and is reflected by the reflective polarizing member 431. Further, the light shown in the state [B] is the light immediately before being reflected by the reflective polarizing member 431, propagating through the rod integrator 411, and incident on the quarter-wave plate 422. The light indicated by [C] is light that is incident on the quarter-wave plate 422, reflected by the light reflecting member 421, and emitted from the quarter-wave plate 422. In addition, the light shown in the state [D] is light just before being emitted from the quarter-wave plate 422, propagating through the rod integrator 411, and colliding with the reflective polarizing member 431. The polarization state of the light incident on the quarter-wave plate 422, reflected by the light reflecting member 421, and emitted from the quarter-wave plate 422 is the light just before entering the quarter-wave plate 422. It is different from the polarization state.

  The state as described above is repeated during the light emission of the light emitting diode 416. As a result, the light emitted from the light emitting diode 416 is emitted from the rod integrator 411 more efficiently than the example shown in FIG. Is done. As shown in FIGS. 48C and 48D, a light diffusing member 432 may be provided on the reflective polarizing member 431. Further, a light diffusing layer may be provided between the light reflecting member 421 and the quarter wavelength plate 422 similarly to the light diffusing layer 314, or, alternatively, the quarter wavelength plate 422 and the other end face 413. Between the two layers, a light diffusion layer may be provided in the same manner as the light diffusion layer 314. There may be a gap between the other end surface 413 of the rod integrator 411 and the quarter-wave plate 422, or there is a gap between the quarter-wave plate 422 and the light reflecting member 421. May be. Furthermore, a gap may exist between the reflective polarizing member 431 and the light diffusing member 432.

Alternatively, as shown in a schematic cross-sectional view in FIG. 49A, each planar light emitting member 11E ₄ includes:
(A) a PS polarization separation / conversion element 500 including a first prism 510, a second prism 520, and a polarization beam splitter 530, and
(B) a light emitting diode 516;
Consists of. Note that the configuration and structure of the light-emitting diode 516 can be the same as the configuration and structure of the light-emitting diode 316, and thus detailed description thereof is omitted.

  The first prism 510 and the second prism 520 made of optical glass are disposed to face each other with the polarization separation surface of the polarization beam splitter 530 interposed therebetween. In addition, the first prism 510 includes a first light reflecting member 511 and a second light reflecting member 512 provided in a portion that does not block the light emitted from the light emitting diode 516. Here, the S-polarized component of the light emitted from the light emitting diode 516 and incident on the first prism 510 is reflected by the polarizing beam splitter 530 (indicated by a black arrow in FIG. 49A), and the second Reflected by the light reflecting member 512 (indicated by the hatched arrow in FIG. 49A) and reflected again by the polarization beam splitter 530 (in FIG. 49A, by the hatched arrow). Further, it is reflected by the first light reflecting member 511. Then, the P-polarized component of the light emitted from the light emitting diode 516 and incident on the first prism 510 and the P-polarized component of the light reflected by the first light reflecting member 511 pass through the polarization beam splitter 530 (these components). (Indicated by a white arrow in FIG. 49A), the light is emitted from the emission surface 520A of the second prism 520.

  The first prism 510 is constituted by, for example, a triangular prism having a first slope 510A, a second slope 510B, and a bottom face 510C. The second prism 520 is also composed of a triangular prism having a first slope 520A, a second slope 520B, and a bottom surface 520C. The bottom surface 510C of the first prism 510 and the bottom surface 520C of the second prism 520 are disposed to face each other with the polarization separation surface of the polarization beam splitter 530 interposed therebetween. A first light reflecting member 511 is disposed on the first slope 510 </ b> A of the first prism 510. A second light reflecting member 512 is disposed on the second slope 510 </ b> B of the first prism 510. Then, the S-polarized component of the light incident from the first slope 510 </ b> A of the first prism 510 is reflected by the polarization beam splitter 530 toward the second slope 510 </ b> B of the first prism 510. On the other hand, the P-polarized component passes through the polarization beam splitter 530, and is efficiently emitted from the first inclined surface 320A of the second prism 520.

  As shown in FIG. 49B, a quarter-wave plate 513 may be disposed between the first slope 510 </ b> A of the first prism 510 and the first light reflecting member 511. In some cases, the second prism 520 may be omitted. There may be a gap between the first prism 510 and the light reflecting members 511 and 512. Further, a gap may exist between the first light reflecting member 511 and the quarter-wave plate 513, or a gap may exist between the first prism 510 and the quarter-wave plate 513. It may be.

Alternatively, as shown in a schematic cross-sectional view in FIG. 50A, each planar light emitting member 11E ₅ includes:
(A) a plate-like member 611 made of an optical glass plate and emitting light from one end face 612;
(B) a light emitting diode 616 disposed on the other end surface 613 of the plate-like member 611;
(C) A reflective polarizing member 631 that is disposed on one end face 612 of the plate-like member 611 and transmits a part of incident light according to the polarization state and reflects the rest.
(D) a light reflecting member 621 provided in a portion that does not block the light emitted from the light emitting diode 616 on the other end surface 613 of the plate-like member 611;
(E) a quarter-wave plate 622 disposed between the other end surface 613 of the plate-like member 611 and the light reflecting member 621, and
(F) a light diffusing member 632 provided on the reflective polarizing member 631;
Consists of.

Light-emitting diodes 616 in the planar light emitting member 11E _5, reflective polarization member 631, the light reflecting member 621, a quarter-wave plate 622, the light diffusing member 632, components such as an optical reflecting layer 615, the planar light emitting member described above can be the same as the components of 11E _3, a detailed description thereof will be omitted. Further, the behavior of light emitted from the light emitting diode 616 and incident on the plate member 611 is substantially the same as the behavior of light in the planar light emitting member 11E ₃ described with reference to FIG. is there. A light diffusing layer may be provided between the light reflecting member 621 and the quarter-wave plate 622 in the same manner as the light diffusing layer 314, or alternatively, between the quarter-wave plate 622 and the other end surface 613. A light diffusion layer may be provided between the light diffusion layers 314 in the same manner. There may be a gap between the other end surface 613 of the plate-like member 611 and the quarter-wave plate 622, or there is a gap between the quarter-wave plate 622 and the light reflecting member 621. It may be. Further, a gap may exist between the reflective polarizing member 631 and the light diffusing member 632.

In the planar light emitting member 11E ₅ , as shown in FIG. 50B, the plate member 611 can be shared by the plurality of planar light emitting members 11E ₅ . In this case, a light absorption layer may be provided on the exposed surfaces 611A and 611B of the plate-like member 611. Further, in order to control the polarization state of the light emitted from the light source 10E, a quarter-wave plate through which the light emitted from the light source 10E passes, for example, between the light source 10E and the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is used. You may arrange in.

For example, instead of the rod integrator shown in FIG. 46A, as shown in FIG. 50C, the planar light emitting member 11E ₅ uses a transparent member 611A having a flared cross section. You can also.

  The thirteenth embodiment is a modification of the various embodiments described above. A conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display apparatus of Example 13 is shown in FIG. In the three-dimensional image display apparatuses of Examples 1 to 12, the light transmission type two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 was used. On the other hand, in the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the thirteenth embodiment, a reflection type light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 30 'is used. As the reflection type light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 30 ', for example, a reflection type liquid crystal display device can be cited.

  In the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the thirteenth embodiment, a beam splitter 70 is provided on the z-axis (optical axis). The beam splitter 70 has a function of transmitting or reflecting light depending on the difference in polarization components. The beam splitter 70 reflects light (illumination light) emitted from the light sources 10 and 10E toward the reflective light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 30 '. Further, the reflected light from the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 30 'is transmitted. Except for this point, the configuration and structure of the three-dimensional image display device according to the thirteenth embodiment can be the same as the configuration and structure of the three-dimensional image display device according to the first to twelfth embodiments. Omitted.

  In addition, as a reflection-type light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus), depending on the form of the embodiment, a configuration in which movable mirrors are provided in the openings instead (movable mirrors are in a two-dimensional matrix shape). In this case, a two-dimensional image is generated by moving / non-moving the movable mirror, and Fraunhofer diffraction is generated by the aperture. . Note that when a two-dimensional MEMS is employed, a beam splitter is not necessary, and illumination light may be incident on the two-dimensional MEMS from an oblique direction.

  Hereinafter, the timing of the opening / closing control of the opening 51 in the spatial filter SF in Examples 1 to 8 and Examples 11 to 12 will be described.

  In the spatial filter SF, in order to select a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order, the opening / closing control of the opening 51 is performed in synchronization with the image output of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. This operation will be described with reference to FIG. 52, FIG. 53, and FIG. 52 shows the image output timing in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, and the middle stage in FIG. 52 shows the opening / closing timing of the (3, 2) -th opening 51 in the spatial filter SF. The lower part of FIG. 52 shows the opening / closing timing of the (3, 3) th opening 51.

As shown in FIG. 52, in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, for example, the image “A” is displayed during the time t _{1S to} t _1E (period TM ₁ ), and during the time t _{2S to} t _2E (period TM _2). ) Is displayed as an image “B”. At this time, in Examples 1 to 8, in the spatial filter SF, as shown in FIG. 52, the the period TM ₁ the (3, 2) th aperture 51, the period TM ₂ second ( The third and third openings 51 are set in the open state. In this way, different diffraction orders are generated in the same pixel 31 in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 (or the same aperture region 34 in the oversampling filter OSF or the same optical element 36 constituting the optical device 35). Different image information can be added to the Fourier transform image generated by the lens L ₁ or the third lens L ₃ . In other words, in the period TM ₁ , a certain pixel 31 in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 (or an opening region 34 in the oversampling filter OSF or an optical element 36 constituting the optical device 35). The Fourier transform image having the diffraction order of m ₀ = 3 and n ₀ = 2 obtained in FIG. 4 includes image information related to the image “A”. On the other hand, in the period TM _2, the same one pixel in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 31 (alternatively, the same one opening region 34 in the oversampling filter OSF Alternatively, the same one optical element constituting the optical device 35 36 The Fourier transform image having the diffraction orders of m ₀ = 3 and n ₀ = 3 obtained in () includes image information related to the image “B”.

Also in the eleventh embodiment, as shown in FIG. 52, in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, for example, the image “A” is displayed during time t _{1S to} t _1E (period TM ₁ ), and time t It is assumed that the image “B” is displayed between _{2S and} t _2E (period TM ₂ ). At this time, in the light source 10E is only the period TM ₁ the (3, 2) -th light emitting element is a light emitting state, the period TM ₂ the (3,3) th and only a light emitting state light-emitting element. In this way, illumination light that is sequentially emitted from a plurality of light emission positions arranged in a discrete manner and has different incident directions to the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is used, and the illumination light is modulated by each pixel 31. . On the other hand, in the spatial filter SF, as shown in FIG. 52, the the period TM ₁ the (3, 2) th aperture 51, the the period TM ₂ the (3,3) th aperture 51 opened And In this way, different image information can be added to the Fourier transform image generated as different diffraction orders in the same pixel 31 in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 and generated by the first lens L ₁ . In other words, in the period TM ₁ , the (3, 2) -th light emitting element is brought into a light emitting state, whereby a Fourier transform having a zero-order diffraction order obtained in a certain pixel 31 in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. The image includes image information related to the image “A” and incident direction information of the illumination light to the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. On the other hand, in the period TM ₂ , the (3, 3) -th light emitting element is brought into the light emitting state, thereby obtaining a Fourier transform image having the 0th-order diffraction order obtained in the same certain pixel in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. Includes image information related to the image “B” and incident direction information of the illumination light to the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30.

FIG. 53 schematically shows the image formation timing and the control timing of the opening 51 in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. In the period TM ₁ , the image “A” is displayed in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, and M × N Fourier transform images are Fourier transformed images in the corresponding (3, 2) th opening 51 of the spatial filter SF. Focused as “α”. In the period TM ₁ , since only the (3, 2) -th opening 51 is opened, only the Fourier transform image “α” having diffraction orders of m ₀ = 3 and n ₀ = 2 (in Example 11) , Only the Fourier transform image “α” having the 0th-order diffraction order) passes through the spatial filter SF. In the next period TM ₂ , the image “B” is displayed in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, and similarly, the M × N Fourier transform images correspond to the (3, 3) th corresponding to the spatial filter SF. The aperture 51 is condensed as a Fourier transform image “β”. In the period TM ₂ , since only the (3, 3) th opening 51 is opened, only the Fourier transform image “β” having a diffraction order of m ₀ = 3, n ₀ = 3 (in Example 11) , Only the Fourier transform image “β” having the 0th-order diffraction order) passes through the spatial filter SF. Thereafter, the opening / closing control of the opening 51 in the spatial filter SF is sequentially performed in synchronization with the image forming timing of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. In FIG. 53, the opening 51 in the open state is surrounded by a solid line, and the opening 51 in the closed state is surrounded by a dotted line. Here, in Example 11, when the space occupied by the spatial filter SF is viewed for a certain length of time, U ₀ × V ₀ bright spots (Fourier transform images) are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. A state (a state similar to the state shown in FIG. 10) will be seen.

FIG. 54 schematically shows an image obtained as the final output of the three-dimensional image display device when image formation in the two-dimensional image forming device 30 and opening / closing control of the opening 51 are performed at such timing. . In FIG. 54, since the image “A ′” opens only the (3, 2) -th opening 51, only the Fourier transform image “α” having diffraction orders of m ₀ = 3 and n ₀ = 2 (implementation). In Example 11, the image obtained as a result of the Fourier transform image “α” having the 0th-order diffraction order when the (3, 2) -th light emitting element is in the light emitting state passes through the spatial filter SF. It is. In addition, since the image “B ′” opens only the (3, 3) -th opening 51, only the Fourier transform image “β” having diffraction orders of m ₀ = 3 and n ₀ = 3 (Example 11). In this case, only the Fourier transform image “β” having the zeroth diffraction order when the (3, 3) th light emitting element is in the light emitting state is an image obtained as a result of passing through the spatial filter SF. . Further, since the image “C ′” opens only the (4, 2) th opening 51, only the Fourier transform image “γ” having diffraction orders of m ₀ = 4 and n ₀ = 2 (Example) 11 is an image obtained as a result of passing a Fourier transform image “γ” having a 0th-order diffraction order when the (4,2) light-emitting element is in a light-emitting state through the spatial filter SF. is there. Note that the image shown in FIG. 54 is an image viewed by an observer. In FIG. 54, for convenience, the images are separated from each other by a solid line, but the solid line is a virtual solid line. In addition, the image shown in FIG. 54 is not exactly obtained at the same time, but since the image switching period is very short, it is observed as if it is simultaneously displayed on the eyes of the observer. The For example, image formation for all orders (M × N) in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 (or oversampling filter OSF) and selection of one image in the spatial filter SF are performed within a display period of one frame. In the eleventh embodiment, however, (U ₀ × V ₀ ) images are selected based on all discretely arranged light emission positions within the display period of one frame. Further, although it is illustrated in a plan view in FIG. 54, a stereoscopic image is actually observed by the observer.

That is, in Examples 1 to 8 and Examples 11 to 12, as described above, two-dimensional image formation is performed from the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ or the fifth lens L _5. The two-dimensional image generated by the device 30 or the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the second lens L ₂ (for example, the images “A ′”, “B ′”,. -Image "C '") is output. That is, as a whole, the projector unit 701 shown in FIG. 63 has a plurality of diffraction orders (specifically M × N) on the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ or the fifth lens L ₅ . ) Or a plurality of discretely arranged light emission positions (specifically U ₀ × V ₀ ), which are arranged in time series from a certain projector unit 701. A ′ ”is output, an image“ B ′ ”is output from another projector unit 701, and an image“ C ′ ”is output from another projector unit 701. For example, if the image is reproduced in time series in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 based on data of a large number of images (or images created by a computer) obtained by photographing a certain object from various positions (angles). A stereoscopic image can be obtained based on these images.

  Next, the timing of position control of the light beam traveling direction changing means 80 in the ninth or tenth embodiment will be described.

To image an image having a direction component by the third lens L _3, in synchronization with the image output of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 performs position control of the light ray traveling direction change means 80. This operation will be described with reference to FIG. 52, FIG. 53, FIG. 54, and FIG. 52 shows the image output timing in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, and the middle stage in FIG. 52 shows the (3, 2) -th image formation position in the light beam traveling direction changing means 80. The timing of control is shown, and the lower part of FIG. 52 shows the timing of position control of the (3, 3) -th image formation.

As shown in FIG. 52, in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, for example, the image “A” is displayed during the time t _{1S to} t _1E (period TM ₁ ), and during the time t _{2S to} t _2E (period TM _2). ) Is displayed as an image “B”. At this time, in the light traveling direction changing means 80, as shown in FIG. 52, the period TM _1, the (3, 2) th position control, such as imaging is obtained is made, the period TM _2, the Position control is performed so that the (3, 3) -th image is obtained. In FIG. 55, the light beam traveling direction changing means 80 that is in the position control state so that the (3, 2) -th image formation is obtained is indicated by a dotted line, and the image obtained on the image formation plane IS is shown. Is conceptually indicated by “A”, and the light ray traveling direction changing means 80 in a position control state capable of obtaining the (3, 3) -th imaging is indicated by a solid line and obtained on the imaging plane IS. The image is conceptually indicated by “B”. In this way, different image information (direction component) can be added to the Fourier transform image generated by the first lens L ₁ . Stated words, the period TM _1, the Fourier transform image, the image information is included relating to the image "A". On the other hand, in the period TM _2, the Fourier transform image, the image information is included relating to the image "B".

FIG. 53 schematically shows image formation timing in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 and position control timing of the light beam traveling direction changing unit 80. In the period TM ₁ , the image “A” is displayed in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 and is condensed as a Fourier transform image “α” on the light beam traveling direction changing unit 80. In the period TM ₁ , the (3, 2) -th image is obtained. In the next period TM ₂ , the image “B” is displayed in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30, and is similarly condensed as a Fourier transform image “β” on the light beam traveling direction changing means 80. In the period TM ₂ , the (3, 3) -th image is obtained. Thereafter, the position control of the light beam traveling direction changing unit 80 is sequentially performed in synchronization with the image forming timing of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. In FIG. 53, the imaging position on the imaging plane IS is surrounded by a solid line, and the imaging position at another timing of the position control of the light beam traveling direction changing means 80 is surrounded by a dotted line.

  It is necessary to synchronize the change in the traveling direction of the light beam by the light traveling direction changing unit 80 with the generation of the two-dimensional image based on the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30. After forming an image (for example, “α”), the position of the light beam traveling direction changing unit 80 is changed (changed), and the light beam traveling direction changing unit 80 changes the position of the next image (for example, “β”). Until the image is formed, the operation of the light source 10 is interrupted, and the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 does not generate a two-dimensional image.

When the image formation in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 and the position control of the light beam traveling direction changing unit 80 are performed at such timing, an image obtained as the final output of the three-dimensional image display apparatus is schematically shown in FIG. Indicate. In FIG. 54, an image “A ′” is an image obtained as a result of the (3, 2) -th image formation, and an image “B ′” is obtained as a result of the (3, 3) -th image formation. The image “C ′” is an image obtained as a result of the (4, 2) -th image formation. For example, within a display period of one frame, generation of a two-dimensional image of the number of times (S ₀ × T ₀ ) and position control of the light beam traveling direction changing unit 80 are performed.

That is, in Example 9 or Example 10, as described above, the two-dimensional image generated by the second lens L ₂ from the rear focal plane (imaging plane IS) of the third lens L _3. Are output (for example, image “A ′”, image “B ′”... Image “C ′” in time series). That is, as a whole, a plurality (specifically, S ₀ × T ₀ ) of projector units 701 shown in FIG. 63 are arranged on the rear focal plane of the third lens L ₃ . In series, an image “A ′” is output from one projector unit 701, an image “B ′” is output from another projector unit 701, and an image “C ′” is output from another projector unit 701. When output, it is equivalent. For example, if the image is reproduced in time series in the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 based on data of a large number of images (or images created by a computer) obtained by photographing a certain object from various positions (angles). A stereoscopic image can be obtained based on these images.

  Next, the configuration and structure of the diffraction grating-light modulation element 210 will be described.

  The arrangement of the lower electrode 212, the fixed electrode 221, the movable electrode 222, and the like constituting the diffraction grating-light modulation element 210 is schematically shown in FIG. In FIG. 56, the lower electrode 212, the fixed electrode 221, the movable electrode 222, and the support portions 214, 215, 217, and 218 are hatched for clarity.

  The diffraction grating-light modulation element 210 includes a lower electrode 212, a band-shaped (ribbon-shaped) fixed electrode 221, and a band-shaped (ribbon-shaped) movable electrode 222. The lower electrode 212 is formed on the support 211. The fixed electrode 221 is supported by the support portions 214 and 215 and supported and stretched above the lower electrode 212. Further, the movable electrode 222 is supported by support portions 217 and 218, supported and stretched above the lower electrode 212, and juxtaposed with the fixed electrode 221. In the illustrated example, one diffraction grating-light modulation element 210 is composed of three fixed electrodes 221 and three movable electrodes 222. The three movable electrodes 222 are collectively connected to the control electrode, and the control electrode is connected to a connection terminal portion (not shown). On the other hand, the three fixed electrodes 221 are collectively connected to the bias electrode. The bias electrode is common to the plurality of diffraction grating-light modulation elements 210 and is grounded via a bias electrode terminal portion (not shown). The lower electrode 212 is also common to the plurality of diffraction grating-light modulation elements 210, and is grounded via a lower electrode terminal portion (not shown).

  When a voltage is applied to the movable electrode 222 via the connection terminal portion and the control electrode and a voltage is applied to the lower electrode 212 (actually, the lower electrode 212 is in a ground state), the movable electrode 222 and the lower electrode 212 are applied. Electrostatic force (Coulomb force) is generated between The movable electrode 222 is displaced downward toward the lower electrode 212 by the electrostatic force. The state of the movable electrode 222 before displacement is shown on the left side of FIGS. 57A and 57C, and the state after displacement is shown on the right side of FIGS. 57B and 57C. Show. Based on such displacement of the movable electrode 222, a reflective diffraction grating is formed by the movable electrode 222 and the fixed electrode 221. Here, FIG. 57A is a schematic cross-sectional view of a fixed electrode and the like along the arrow BB in FIG. 56, and a schematic view of a movable electrode and the like along the arrow AA in FIG. FIG. 57 is a cross-sectional view (however, the diffraction grating-light modulation element is not in operation), and FIG. 57B is a schematic cross-sectional view of movable electrodes and the like along arrow AA in FIG. (However, the diffraction grating-light modulation element is in operation). FIG. 57C is a schematic cross section of a fixed electrode, a movable electrode, and the like along the arrow CC in FIG. FIG.

The distance between the adjacent fixed electrodes 221 is d (see FIG. 57C), the wavelength of light (incident angle: θ _i ) incident on the movable electrode 222 and the fixed electrode 221 is λ, and the diffraction angle is θ _m . Then
d [sin (θ _i ) −sin (θ _m )] = m _Dif · λ
Can be expressed as Here, m _Dif is an order and takes values of 0, ± 1, ± 2 _,.

When the difference Δh _{1 in} height between the top surface of the movable electrode 222 and the top surface of the fixed electrode 221 (see FIG. 57C) is (λ / 4), the light intensity of the diffracted light is the maximum value. Become.

In the light modulation means, the movable electrode 222 and the stationary electrode 222 are fixed when the diffraction grating-light modulation element 210 is in the non-operating state in which the movable electrode 222 is in the state shown on the left side of FIGS. 57 (A) and 57 (C). Light reflected from the top surface of the electrode 221 is blocked by the spatial filter 204. On the other hand, the movable electrode 222 is diffracted by the movable electrode 222 and the fixed electrode 221 when the diffraction grating-light modulation element 210 is in the state shown on the right side of FIGS. 57B and 57C. First-order (m _Dif = ± 1) diffracted light passes through the spatial filter 204. With such a configuration, light on / off control can be controlled. Further, by changing the voltage applied to the movable electrode 222, the height difference Δh ₁ between the top surface of the movable electrode 222 and the top surface of the fixed electrode 221 can be changed. As a result, the intensity of the diffracted light can be increased. The gradation control can be performed by changing.

  Next, structural examples of the light source and the illumination optical system in Examples 1 to 10 are shown in FIGS. 58 (A) to 58 (C) and FIGS. 59 (A) to 59 (B). Here, the characteristics of light (illumination light) emitted from the light source, shaped by the illumination optical system, and illuminating the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 will be described below using spatial coherence.

  Spatial coherence indicates the coherence of light that occurs in a cross section in an arbitrary space, and the degree thereof can be indicated by the contrast of the generated interference fringes. In the process of generating interference fringes, the interference fringes with the highest contrast are generated by interference of plane waves or spherical waves that can be optically exchanged with plane waves. This shows that the light with the highest spatial coherence is a plane wave (or spherical wave). For example, a plane wave having only one traveling direction component has the highest spatial coherence, and as the degree of spatial coherence decreases, a plurality of traveling direction components exist. Further, the distribution of the light traveling direction component is equivalent to discussing the spatial size of the light emission origin or the secondary light emission point. From the above, the spatial coherence can be discussed based on the spatial size of the light emission origin or the secondary light emission point. Spatial coherence, that is, the spatial size of the light source is a factor that determines the spatial frequency characteristics of the image in the three-dimensional image display device. When light other than light having perfect spatial coherence is used as illumination light, the contrast decreases in order from the high frequency component. Since the spatial frequency characteristics of the obtained image have different requirements depending on specific applications, various configuration methods for flexibly responding to different requirements will be described here without referring to specific numerical values.

  In the three-dimensional image display apparatuses 1A to 1D according to the first to tenth embodiments, the configuration method of the light source and the illumination optical system is different between the case where light with high spatial coherence is used as the illumination light and the case where it is not. Further, the configuration of the illumination optical system differs depending on the characteristics of the light source. Below, the combination of the structural method in a light source and an illumination optical system is demonstrated. In all cases, it is assumed that the light source is a single color or a light source close to a single color.

(A) in FIG. 58, as a first configuration example, the high light source 10 ₁ spatial coherence, shows an example in which the high illumination optical system 20 ₁ spatial coherence as a whole. Light source 10 ₁ is constituted, for example, from a laser. The illumination optical system 20 ₁ includes a lens 21 ₁ , a circular aperture plate 22 ₁ , and a lens 24 _{1 in} order from the light source side. The circular aperture plate 22 ₁ is provided with a circular aperture 23 ₁ at the center. An aperture 23 ₁ is disposed at the condensing position of the lens 24 ₁ . The lens 24 ₁ functions as a collimator lens.

FIG. 58B shows an example in which the illumination optical system 20 ₂ having a low spatial coherence as a whole is configured using a light source 10 ₂ having a high spatial coherence as a second configuration example. Light source 10 ₂ is composed, for example, from a laser. The illumination optical system 20 ₂ includes a lens 21 ₂ , a diffusion plate 22 ₂ , and a lens 24 _{2 in} order from the light source side. The diffusion plate 22 ₂ may be a movable diffusion plate.

58 (C) and 59 (A) are illumination optical systems having a high spatial coherence as a whole, using light sources 10 ₃ and 10 ₄ having a low spatial coherence as the third configuration example and the fourth configuration example. An example in which 20 ₃ and 20 ₄ are configured is shown. As the light sources 10 ₃ and 10 ₄ , for example, a light emitting diode (LED) or a white light source is used. The illumination optical system 20 _{3 in} FIG. 58C includes a lens 21 ₃ , a circular aperture plate 22 ₂ , and a lens 24 _{3 in} order from the light source side. The circular aperture plate 22 ₂ is provided with a circular aperture 23 ₃ at the center. An aperture 23 ₃ is arranged at a condensing position in the lens 24 ₃ . Lens 24 ₃ functions as a collimator lens. On the other hand, in the illumination optical system 20 ₄ of FIG. 59A, the lens 21 ₃ is omitted as compared with the illumination optical system 20 ₃ of FIG. 58C, and the circular aperture plate 22 ₄ and the aperture are sequentially arranged from the light source side. 23 ₄ and a lens 24 ₄ .

In FIG. 59 (B), as a fifth configuration example, using a light source ₁₀₅ is not high spatial coherence, shows an example in which the illumination optical system 20 ₅ not high spatial coherence as a whole. Other than the light source 10 ₅ , the lens 24 ₅ alone is used.

  In each configuration example, when an illumination optical system having a high spatial coherence as a whole is constructed, the secondary emission point is reduced without depending on the light source. Further, when constructing an illumination optical system that does not have high spatial coherence as a whole, the secondary light emission point is increased without depending on the light source.

  Although the three-dimensional image display device of the present invention has been described based on the preferred embodiments, the present invention is not limited to these embodiments. In the embodiment, the images emitted from the I × J 3D image display devices are combined into one stereoscopic image using a half mirror, but the images emitted from the I × J 3D image display devices are used. The method of combining the images into one stereoscopic image is essentially arbitrary. In the optical system, the Fourier transform image selection means and the spatial filter are arranged on a so-called pupil plane. Therefore, the pupil plane is divided by the operation of the Fourier transform image selecting means for selecting the Fourier transform image corresponding to the desired diffraction order and the operation of the spatial filter having the opening that can be opened and closed, and the pupil is reduced. Is equivalent to Therefore, the pupil plane of the optical system is divided, the two-dimensional image is generated by the light modulation means or the two-dimensional image forming apparatus, and the two-dimensional image is generated by controlling the divided pupil plane in time series. A desired image can be obtained by dynamic image output synchronized with time-series control of the divided pupil planes.

  In the fifth and sixth embodiments, the grating filter constituting the oversampling filter is constituted by the phase grating, but may alternatively be constituted by the amplitude grating.

  In the seventh embodiment, for example, two convex lenses are disposed between the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 and the optical device 35, and the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 is disposed on the front focal plane of one convex lens. The front focal point of the other convex lens is positioned at the rear focal point of one convex lens, and the optical device 35 is disposed at the rear focal plane of the other convex lens. Alternatively, the optical element 36 constituting the optical device 35 can alternatively be constituted by a concave lens. In this case, the virtual opening area 37 is located in front of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus 30 (on the light source side). Furthermore, the optical element 36 may be composed of a Fresnel lens instead of a normal lens.

  In the eleventh embodiment, the collimator lens 12 is arranged between the light source 10E and the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 30, but instead, a microlens array in which microlenses are arranged in a two-dimensional matrix. Can also be used.

In the first and fourth embodiments, the light modulating means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 30 and the diffracted light generating means are provided on the front focal plane of the lens (first lens L ₁ ) constituting the Fourier transform image forming means 40. The Fourier transform image selection means is arranged on the rear focal plane. However, in some cases, as a result of crosstalk occurring in the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image, the finally obtained stereoscopic image If the deterioration occurs but the deterioration is allowed, the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) is positioned at a position shifted from the front focal plane of the lens (first lens L ₁ ) constituting the Fourier transform image forming means 40. ) 30 or diffracted light generating means may be arranged, or Fourier transform image selecting means may be arranged at a position shifted from the rear focal plane. The first lens L ₁ , the second lens L ₂ , and the third lens L ₃ are not limited to convex lenses, and appropriate lenses may be selected as appropriate.

Also in the fifth and sixth embodiments, the oversampling filter OSF is disposed on the front focal plane of the lens (third lens L ₃ ) constituting the Fourier transform image forming means 40, and the Fourier transform is performed on the rear focal plane. The image selection means 50 (spatial filter SF) is arranged. However, in some cases, crosstalk occurs in the spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image, resulting in degradation of the finally obtained stereoscopic image. However, if such deterioration is allowed, an oversampling filter OSF may be arranged at a position shifted from the front focal plane of the lens (third lens L ₃ ) constituting the Fourier transform image forming means 40, The Fourier transform image selection means 50 (spatial filter SF) may be arranged at a position shifted from the rear focal plane. Further, the first lens L ₁ , the second lens L ₂ , the third lens L ₃ , the fourth lens L ₄ , and the fifth lens L ₅ are not limited to convex lenses, and appropriate lenses are appropriately selected. do it.

In the seventh and eighth embodiments, the focal point of the optical element 36 constituting the optical device 35 is located on the front focal plane of the lens (first lens L ₁ ) constituting the Fourier transform image forming means 40. The Fourier transform image selection means is arranged on the rear focal plane. However, in some cases, crosstalk occurs in the spatial frequency of the two-dimensional image, resulting in deterioration of the finally obtained stereoscopic image. However, if such deterioration is allowed, the focal point of the optical element 36 constituting the optical device 35 is shifted from the front focal plane of the lens (first lens L ₁ ) constituting the Fourier transform image forming means 40. The Fourier transform image selection means may be arranged at a position shifted from the rear focal plane. The first lens L ₁ , the second lens L ₂ , and the third lens L ₃ are not limited to convex lenses, and appropriate lenses may be selected as appropriate.

Furthermore, in Example 9, the light beam traveling direction changing means 80 is disposed on the rear focal plane of the second lens L ₃ and on the front focal plane of the third lens L _2. The light beam traveling direction changing means 80 may be disposed at a position shifted from these focal planes. The first lens L ₁ , the second lens L ₂ , and the third lens L ₃ are not limited to convex lenses, and appropriate lenses may be selected as appropriate.

Further, in the eleventh and twelfth embodiments, the light modulating means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 30 and the diffracted light are provided on the front focal plane of the lens (first lens L ₁ ) constituting the Fourier transform image forming means 40. Although the generation means is arranged and the Fourier transform image selection means is arranged on the rear focal plane, in some cases, the resulting stereoscopic image is deteriorated, but such deterioration is allowed. If so, the light modulating means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 30 and the diffracted light generating means are arranged at a position shifted from the front focal plane of the lens (first lens L ₁ ) constituting the Fourier transform image forming means 40. Alternatively, the spatial filter SF (Fourier transform image selection means 50) may be arranged at a position shifted from the rear focal plane. The first lens L ₁ , the second lens L ₂ , and the third lens L ₃ are not limited to convex lenses, and appropriate lenses may be selected as appropriate.

  In the embodiment, it is assumed that the light source is a single color or a light source close to a single color in all cases, but the light source is not limited to such a configuration. The wavelength band of the light source may extend to a plurality of bands. However, in this case, for example, the three-dimensional image display device 1A according to the first embodiment will be described as an example. As shown in FIG. 60A, the illumination optical system 20 and the light modulation unit (two-dimensional image forming device) ) 30, or alternatively, the three-dimensional image display device 1 </ b> E according to the eleventh embodiment will be described as an example. Wavelength selection is performed between the collimator lens 12 and the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming device) 30. It is preferable to arrange the narrow band filter 71, whereby the wavelength band can be sorted and selected, and the monochromatic light can be extracted.

  Alternatively, the wavelength band of the light source 10 may extend over a wide band. However, in this case, as shown in FIG. 60B, between the illumination optical system 20 and the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 30, or alternatively, the collimator lens 12 and the light modulation means ( It is preferable to arrange a dichroic prism 72 and a narrow band filter 71G for wavelength selection between the two-dimensional image forming apparatus) 30. Specifically, the dichroic prism 72 reflects, for example, red light and blue light in different directions and transmits light including green light. A narrow band filter 71G for separating and selecting the green light is disposed on the light emission side including the green light in the dichroic prism 72.

  As shown in FIG. 61, a narrowband filter 71G for separating and selecting green light is arranged on the emission side of the light beam including green light in the dichroic prism 72, and the red light is separated on the emission side of the light beam including red light. If the narrow band filter 71R to be selected is arranged and the narrow band filter 71B to separate and select the blue light is arranged on the light emission side including the blue light, three three-dimensional image display devices that display the three primary colors A light source can be configured. Using three three-dimensional image display devices having such a configuration, or alternatively, a light source and a three-dimensional image display device emitting red light, a light source and a three-dimensional image display device emitting green light, and blue light Color display can be performed by using a combination of an emitted light source and a three-dimensional image display device and combining images from the respective three-dimensional image display devices using, for example, a light combining prism. A dichroic mirror can be used instead of the dichroic prism. Alternatively, the light source is composed of a red light emitting element, a green light emitting element, and a blue light emitting element, and the red light emitting element, the green light emitting element, and the blue light emitting element are sequentially brought into a light emitting state, thereby producing a color. Display can also be performed. Needless to say, the above-described modifications of the three-dimensional image display device can be applied to other embodiments.

  The temperature of the light emitting element may be monitored by a temperature sensor, and brightness compensation (correction) and temperature control of the light emitting element may be performed. Specifically, for example, the temperature of the light emitting element can be controlled by attaching a Peltier element to the light emitting element.

FIG. 1 is a conceptual diagram of an image display apparatus according to the first embodiment. 2A, 2B, and 2C are conceptual diagrams of an optical path when the optical path is cut by a virtual plane indicated by alternate long and short dash lines A, B, and C in FIG. FIG. 3 is a conceptual diagram of a modification of the image display device according to the first embodiment. FIG. 4 is a conceptual diagram showing the relationship between the number of groups NG and the number of optical path coupling means when the I × J three-dimensional image display devices are divided into a plurality of groups in the image display device of the first embodiment. is there. FIG. 5 is a conceptual diagram of the image display apparatus according to the second embodiment. FIG. 6 is a conceptual diagram of a control circuit that controls the operation of the two-dimensional image forming apparatus and the light source in the image display apparatus according to the second embodiment. FIG. 7 is a conceptual diagram of the image display apparatus according to the third embodiment. 8A is a diagram schematically showing a three-dimensional image obtained based on I × J three-dimensional image display devices. FIGS. 8B to 8E show I × J It is a figure which is a 3D picture obtained based on J 3D image display devices, and shows a state where position gap has occurred to a part from a standard picture position. FIG. 9 is a conceptual diagram on the yz plane of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the first embodiment. FIG. 10 is a conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display device according to the first embodiment when viewed from an oblique direction. FIG. 11 is a diagram schematically illustrating an arrangement state of components of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the first embodiment. FIG. 12 is a schematic front view of an example of Fourier transform image selection means (spatial filter). FIG. 13 is a diagram schematically illustrating a state in which diffracted light having a plurality of diffraction orders is generated by the light modulation unit (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) according to the first embodiment. FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram illustrating a condensing state in the Fourier transform image forming unit (first lens L ₁ ) and an image forming state in the Fourier transform image selecting unit (spatial filter) in the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the first embodiment. FIG. (A) and (B) in FIG. 15 respectively show the light modulation means (2D image generated by the light modulation means (2D image forming apparatus) having the lowest spatial frequency and the highest light modulation means (2D image forming apparatus). 1 is a schematic front view of a two-dimensional image forming apparatus. FIGS. 16A and 16B show the light of the Fourier transform image in the state where the spatial frequency is the lowest and the highest in the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus), respectively. It is a figure which shows typically the frequency characteristic of an intensity | strength. FIG. 17A is a schematic diagram showing the distribution of the Fourier transform image on the xy plane of the Fourier transform image selection means (spatial filter), and FIGS. It is a figure which shows the light intensity distribution of the Fourier-transform image on the x-axis of A). FIG. 18 is a diagram schematically illustrating an arrangement state of components of the three-dimensional image display device according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 19 is a conceptual diagram of a part of the light modulation unit (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) in the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 20 is a conceptual diagram on the yz plane of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the fifth embodiment. FIG. 21 is a conceptual diagram when the three-dimensional image display device of Example 5 is viewed from an oblique direction. FIG. 22 is a diagram schematically illustrating an arrangement state of components of the three-dimensional image display device according to the fifth embodiment. FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram illustrating a condensing state in the Fourier transform image forming unit (third lens L ₃ ) and an image forming state in the Fourier transform image selecting unit (spatial filter) in the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the fifth embodiment. FIG. FIG. 24 is a diagram schematically illustrating an arrangement state of components of the three-dimensional image display device according to the sixth embodiment. FIG. 25 is a conceptual diagram on the yz plane of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the seventh embodiment. FIG. 26 is a conceptual diagram for explaining the operation and action of the optical device in the three-dimensional image display device according to the seventh embodiment. FIG. 27 is a conceptual diagram when the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the seventh embodiment is viewed obliquely. FIG. 28 is a diagram schematically illustrating an arrangement state of components of the three-dimensional image display device according to the seventh embodiment. FIG. 29 is a diagram schematically illustrating a state in which diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders is generated by the two-dimensional image forming apparatus in the seventh embodiment. FIG. 30 is a diagram schematically illustrating an arrangement state of components of the three-dimensional image display device according to the eighth embodiment. FIG. 31 is a conceptual diagram on the yz plane of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the ninth embodiment. FIG. 32 is a conceptual diagram when the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the ninth embodiment is viewed obliquely. FIG. 33 is a diagram schematically illustrating an arrangement state of components of the three-dimensional image display device according to the ninth embodiment. FIG. 34 is a diagram schematically illustrating an arrangement state of components of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the tenth embodiment. FIG. 35 is a conceptual diagram of the three-dimensional image display device according to the eleventh embodiment on the yz plane. FIG. 36 is a diagram schematically illustrating an arrangement state of components of the three-dimensional image display device according to the eleventh embodiment. FIG. 37 is an enlarged conceptual diagram of a part of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the eleventh embodiment. FIGS. 38A and 38B schematically show a state in which diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders is generated by the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) in the three-dimensional image display apparatus of the eleventh embodiment. FIG. FIG. 39 is a schematic front view of a light source in the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the eleventh embodiment. FIG. 40 is a schematic front view of a spatial filter in the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the eleventh embodiment. FIG. 41 is a conceptual diagram on the yz plane of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the twelfth embodiment. FIG. 42 is an enlarged conceptual view of a part of the three-dimensional image display device according to the twelfth embodiment shown in FIG. 41 (however, a certain light emitting element is in a light emitting state). FIG. 43 is an enlarged conceptual diagram of a part of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the twelfth embodiment shown in FIG. 41 (however, another light emitting element is in a light emitting state). FIG. 44 is an enlarged conceptual diagram of a part of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the twelfth embodiment shown in FIG. 41 (however, another light emitting element is in a light emitting state). 45 (A) to 45 (E) are schematic cross-sectional views of the planar light emitting member in Example 12, and FIG. 45 (F) is a schematic view of the light source viewed obliquely. 46 (A) and 46 (B) are schematic cross-sectional views of a modification of the planar light emitting member in Example 12, and FIG. 46 (C) is a modification of the planar light emitting member in Example 12. It is a figure which shows the polarization state of the light which propagates the rod integrator which comprises an example. 47A and 47B are schematic cross-sectional views of another modification of the planar light emitting member in Example 12, and FIG. 47C is the planar light emitting member in Example 12. It is a figure which shows the polarization state of the light which propagates the rod integrator which comprises another modification of this. 48A to 48D are schematic cross-sectional views of still another modified example of the planar light emitting member in Example 12. FIG. 49A and 49B are schematic cross-sectional views of still another modified example of the planar light emitting member in Example 12. FIG. 50A, 50B, and 50C are schematic cross-sectional views of still another modified example of the planar light emitting member in Example 12. FIG. FIG. 51 is a conceptual diagram of a portion of the three-dimensional image display apparatus according to the thirteenth embodiment on the yz plane. FIG. 52 is a diagram showing the formation timing of the two-dimensional image in the light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) and the opening / closing timing of the opening of the Fourier transform image selection means (spatial filter). The two-dimensional image formation timing in the means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus) is shown, and the opening and closing timing of the opening of the Fourier transform image selection means (spatial filter) is shown in the middle and lower stages. FIG. 53 is a diagram schematically showing the concept of spatial filtering by Fourier transform image selection means (spatial filter) in time series. FIG. 54 is a diagram schematically showing an image obtained as a result of the spatial filtering shown in FIG. FIG. 55 is a diagram schematically showing at which position an image is formed on the imaging plane by performing position control of the light beam traveling direction changing means. FIG. 56 is a diagram schematically showing the arrangement of the lower electrode, the fixed electrode, and the movable electrode constituting the diffraction grating-light modulation element. 57A is a schematic cross-sectional view of the fixed electrode and the like along the arrow BB in FIG. 56, and a schematic cross-sectional view of the movable electrode and the like along the arrow AA in FIG. However, the diffraction grating-light modulation element is not in operation), and FIG. 57B is a schematic cross-sectional view of the movable electrode and the like along the arrow AA in FIG. However, FIG. 57C is a schematic cross-sectional view of the fixed electrode, the movable electrode, and the like along the arrow CC in FIG. 56. . 58A, 58B, and 58C are respectively a first configuration example, a second configuration example, and a light source and an illumination optical system in the three-dimensional image display devices of the first to tenth embodiments. It is a schematic diagram which shows a 3rd structural example. FIGS. 59A and 59B are schematic diagrams illustrating a fourth configuration example and a fifth configuration example of the light source and the illumination optical system in the three-dimensional image display apparatuses according to the first to tenth embodiments, respectively. is there. 60A and 60B are conceptual diagrams on a yz plane of a part of a modification of the three-dimensional image display device according to the first embodiment. FIG. 61 is a conceptual diagram on a yz plane of a part of another modification of the modification of the three-dimensional image display device according to the first embodiment. FIG. 62 is a conceptual diagram of a conventional image display device. FIG. 63 is a diagram illustrating a configuration example of a conventional image display apparatus (projector assembly apparatus).

Explanation of symbols

1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E... 3D image display device, 10, 10 ₁ , 10 ₂ , 10 ₃ , 10 ₄ , 10 ₅ ... Light source, 11 _A , 11 _B , 11 _C. -Light emitting element, 12 ... collimator lens, 20, 20 ₁ , 20 ₂ , 20 ₃ , 20 ₄ , 20 ₅ ... illumination optical system, 21 ₁ , 21 ₂ , 21 ₃ , 24 ₁ , 24 ₂ , 24 ₃ , 24 ₄ , 24 ₅ ... Lens, 22 ₁ , 22 ₂ , 22 ₄ ... Circular aperture plate, 22 ₂ ... Diffuser plate, 23 ₁ , 23 ₃ , 23 ₄ . 130: Light modulation means (two-dimensional image forming apparatus), 31 ... Pixel, 32 ... Image limiting / generating means, 33 ... Scattering diffraction limiting aperture, 34 ... Opening area, 35 ..Optical device 36... Optical element 37... Virtual aperture region 40 .Fourier transform image forming means 50. Fourier transform image selection means, 51... Opening, 52... Center position of opening, 60... Conjugate image forming means, 70 ... beam splitter, 71, 71R, 71G, 71B. Filter, 72 ... Dichroic prism, 80 ... Ray traveling direction changing means, 81 ... Beam splitter, 82 ... Imaging means, 91 ... Optical path coupling means, 92, 93 ... Total reflection Mirror, 94 half mirror, 95 light detecting means, 96 lens, 97 A control circuit, 97 B two-dimensional image forming device drive circuit, 97 C light source control circuit, 97D: Light emitting element driving circuit, 97E: Light detection means control circuit, 97F: Light emitting element driving power source, 97G: Switching element, 98: Imaging device, 99: Transflective mirror 131 ... Scanning lens system, 132: grating filter, 133: anisotropic diffusion filter, 201: diffraction grating-light modulation device, 203: lens, 204: spatial filter, 205,. Scan mirror 210 ... Diffraction grating-light modulation element 211 ... Support body 212 ... Lower electrode 214,215,217,218 ... Support part 221 ... Fixed electrode 222 ... Movable electrodes, 311, 411 ... Rod integrator, 312, 412 ... One end face of the rod integrator, 313, 413 ... The other end face of the rod integrator, 314 ... Light diffusion layer, 315 ... Light reflecting layer, 316, 416, 516, 616 ... light emitting diode, 411A ... transparent member, 421 ... light reflecting member, 422 ... quarter-wave plate, 43 ... reflective polarizing member, 432 ... light diffusion member, 510 ... first prism, 510A ... first slope of the first prism, 510B ... second slope of the first prism, 510C .. Bottom surface of the first prism, 511... 1st light reflecting member, 512... 2nd light reflecting member, 513... Quarter wave plate, 520. First slope of second prism, 520B, second slope of second prism, 520C, bottom surface of second prism, 530, polarizing beam splitter, 611, plate member, 612, · One end surface of the plate-like member, 613 ··· the other end surface of the plate-like member, 615 ··· light reflection layer, 621 ··· light reflection member, 622 ··· quarter-wave plate, 631 ··· Reflective polarizing member, 632... Light diffusing member, L ₁ . L ₂ ... second lens, L ₃ ... third lens, L ₄ ... fourth lens, L ₅ ... fifth lens, SF ... spatial filter, OSF ... Oversampling filter, RI ... Real image (inverse Fourier transform image), CI ... Conjugate image of Fourier transform image, r ... Resistor

Claims (28)

A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) It has a plurality of pixels, the light from the light source is modulated by each pixel to generate a two-dimensional image, and the spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image corresponds to the plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel Light modulating means for emitting along the diffraction angle,
(B) Fourier transform image forming means for generating a Fourier transform image of a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders by Fourier transforming the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means;
(C) Fourier transform image selection means for selecting a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order among Fourier transform images generated in a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders, and
(D) conjugate image forming means for forming a conjugate image of the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selection means;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
Between the optical path of the light emitted from one three-dimensional image display device and the optical path of the light emitted from the other three-dimensional image display device, at the time when these optical paths are first merged, at least 1 An image display device having an optical path interval. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) P × Q apertures (where P and Q are arbitrary positive integers) arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions, and the passage and reflection of light from the light source Alternatively, a two-dimensional image is generated by controlling diffraction for each aperture, and based on the two-dimensional image, M sets (m-th to m′-th) from the m-th order along the X direction for each aperture. Where m and m ′ are integers, M is a positive integer), and N sets from the nth order to the n′th order along the Y direction (where n and n ′ are integers, N is A two-dimensional image forming apparatus that generates a total of M × N sets of diffracted light.
(B) a first lens in which a two-dimensional image forming apparatus is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) A spatial filter that is arranged on the rear focal plane of the first lens and has a total of M × N opening / closing controllable openings, M in the X direction and N in the Y direction. ,
(D) a second lens having a spatial filter disposed on its front focal plane, and
(E) a third lens whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the second lens;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
Between the optical path of the light emitted from one three-dimensional image display device and the optical path of the light emitted from the other three-dimensional image display device, at the time when these optical paths are first merged, at least 1 An image display device having an optical path interval. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) A one-dimensional spatial light modulator that has P pixels along the X direction and generates a one-dimensional image; two-dimensionally expands the one-dimensional image generated by the one-dimensional spatial light modulator; A scanning optical system for generating a two-dimensional image; and M sets from the m-th order to the m′-th order (where m and m ′ are integers) arranged on the generation surface of the two-dimensional image; , M is a positive integer) a two-dimensional image forming apparatus comprising diffracted light generating means for generating diffracted light,
(B) a first lens in which diffracted light generating means is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) Arranged on the rear focal plane of the first lens, M × N in the X direction and N in the Y direction (where N is a positive integer). A spatial filter having a controllable opening,
(D) a second lens having a spatial filter disposed on its front focal plane, and
(E) a third lens whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the second lens;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
Between the optical path of the light emitted from one three-dimensional image display device and the optical path of the light emitted from the other three-dimensional image display device, at the time when these optical paths are first merged, at least 1 An image display device having an optical path interval. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) It has a plurality of pixels, the light from the light source is modulated by each pixel to generate a two-dimensional image, and the spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image corresponds to the plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel Light modulating means for emitting along the diffraction angle,
(B) Fourier transform the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means to generate a number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the pixels, An image limiting / generating unit that selects only a predetermined Fourier transform image, and further performs inverse Fourier transform on the selected Fourier transform image to form a conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation unit,
(C) an oversampling filter having a plurality of aperture regions and emitting spatial frequencies in a conjugate image of a two-dimensional image along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the respective aperture regions;
(D) Fourier transform image formation in which the spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image emitted from the oversampling filter is Fourier transformed to generate a number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the aperture regions. means,
(E) Fourier transform image selection means for selecting a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order among Fourier transform images generated in a number corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each aperture region; and
(F) conjugate image forming means for forming a conjugate image of the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selection means;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
Between the optical path of the light emitted from one three-dimensional image display device and the optical path of the light emitted from the other three-dimensional image display device, at the time when these optical paths are first merged, at least 1 An image display device having an optical path interval. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) It has openings arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions, and generates a two-dimensional image by controlling the passage, reflection, or diffraction of light from the light source for each opening, A two-dimensional image forming apparatus that generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each aperture based on the two-dimensional image;
(B) a first lens in which a two-dimensional image forming apparatus is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) a scattering diffraction limiting aperture that is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens and allows only diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order to pass;
(D) a second lens in which a scattering diffraction limiting aperture is disposed on the front focal plane;
(E) P _OSF × Q _OSF arranged on the rear focal plane of the second lens and arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions (where P _OSF and Q _OSF are arbitrary positive numbers) Of M) from the m-th order to the m′-th order along the X direction based on the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the second lens. (Where m and m ′ are integers, M is a positive integer), and N sets from the nth order to the n′th order along the Y direction (where n and n ′ are integers, N Is a positive integer), a sum, an oversampling filter that generates M × N sets of diffracted light,
(F) a third lens having an oversampling filter disposed on its front focal plane;
(G) A spatial filter that is arranged on the rear focal plane of the third lens and has a total of M × N opening / closing controllable openings, M in the X direction and N in the Y direction. ,
(H) a fourth lens having a spatial filter disposed on its front focal plane, and
(I) a fifth lens whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the fourth lens;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
Between the optical path of the light emitted from one three-dimensional image display device and the optical path of the light emitted from the other three-dimensional image display device, at the time when these optical paths are first merged, at least 1 An image display device having an optical path interval. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) a one-dimensional spatial light modulator that generates a one-dimensional image; a scanning optical system that generates a two-dimensional image by two-dimensionally developing the one-dimensional image generated by the one-dimensional spatial light modulator; A two-dimensional image forming apparatus comprising a diffracted light generating means that is arranged on a generation surface of a dimensional image and generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each pixel;
(B) a first lens in which diffracted light generating means is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) a scattering diffraction limiting aperture that is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens and allows only diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order to pass;
(D) a second lens in which a scattering diffraction limiting aperture is disposed on the front focal plane;
(E) P _OSF × Q _OSF arranged on the rear focal plane of the second lens and arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions (where P _OSF and Q _OSF are arbitrary positive numbers) Of M) from the m-th order to the m′-th order along the X direction based on the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the second lens. (Where m and m ′ are integers, M is a positive integer), and N sets from the nth order to the n′th order along the Y direction (where n and n ′ are integers, N Is a positive integer), a sum, an oversampling filter that generates M × N sets of diffracted light,
(F) a third lens having an oversampling filter disposed on its front focal plane;
(G) A spatial filter that is arranged on the rear focal plane of the third lens and has a total of M × N opening / closing controllable openings, M in the X direction and N in the Y direction. ,
(H) a fourth lens having a spatial filter disposed on its front focal plane, and
(I) a fifth lens whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the fourth lens;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
Between the optical path of the light emitted from one three-dimensional image display device and the optical path of the light emitted from the other three-dimensional image display device, at the time when these optical paths are first merged, at least 1 An image display device having an optical path interval. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) a two-dimensional image forming apparatus having a plurality of pixels and generating a two-dimensional image based on light from a light source;
(B) An optical element having an optical power for refracting incident light and condensing it at approximately one point is arranged in a two-dimensional matrix, and has a function as a phase grating that modulates the phase of transmitted light; An optical device that emits spatial frequencies in an incident two-dimensional image along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders;
(C) Fourier transform image forming means for generating a Fourier transform image having a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders by Fourier transforming a spatial frequency in a two-dimensional image emitted from the optical device;
(D) Fourier transform image selection means for selecting a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order among Fourier transform images generated in a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders, and
(E) conjugate image forming means for forming a conjugate image of the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selection means;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
Between the optical path of the light emitted from one three-dimensional image display device and the optical path of the light emitted from the other three-dimensional image display device, at the time when these optical paths are first merged, at least 1 An image display device having an optical path interval. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) a two-dimensional image forming apparatus having a plurality of pixels and generating a two-dimensional image based on light from a light source;
(B) P _OD × Q _OD optical elements having an optical power that refracts incident light and collects it at approximately one point in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions (however, P _OD and Q _OD is an arbitrary positive integer) and has a function as a phase grating that modulates the phase of transmitted light. The spatial frequency in an incident two-dimensional image is changed to a diffraction angle corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders. An optical device that emits along,
(C) a first lens in which the focal point of the optical element constituting the optical device is located on the front focal plane;
(D) A spatial filter that is arranged on the rear focal plane of the first lens and has a total of M × N open / close controllable openings, M in the X direction and N in the Y direction. ,
(E) a second lens having a spatial filter disposed on its front focal plane, and
(F) a third lens whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the second lens;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
Between the optical path of the light emitted from one three-dimensional image display device and the optical path of the light emitted from the other three-dimensional image display device, at the time when these optical paths are first merged, at least 1 An image display device having an optical path interval. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) It has a plurality of pixels, the light from the light source is modulated by each pixel to generate a two-dimensional image, and the spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image corresponds to the plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel Light modulating means for emitting along the diffraction angle,
(B) Fourier transform the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means to generate a number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the pixels, An image limiting / generating unit that selects only a predetermined Fourier transform image, and further performs inverse Fourier transform on the selected Fourier transform image to form a conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation unit,
(C) a light beam traveling direction changing unit that changes a traveling direction of a light beam emitted from the image limiting / generating unit, and
(D) Imaging means for forming an image of the light beam emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing means;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
Between the optical path of the light emitted from one three-dimensional image display device and the optical path of the light emitted from the other three-dimensional image display device, at the time when these optical paths are first merged, at least 1 An image display device having an optical path interval. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) It has openings arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions, and generates a two-dimensional image by controlling the passage, reflection, or diffraction of light from the light source for each opening, A two-dimensional image forming apparatus that generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each aperture based on the two-dimensional image;
(B) a first lens in which a two-dimensional image forming apparatus is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) a scattering diffraction limiting aperture that is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens and allows only diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order to pass;
(D) a second lens in which a scattering diffraction limiting aperture is disposed on the front focal plane;
(E) a light ray traveling direction changing unit that is arranged behind the second lens and changes the traveling direction of the light emitted from the second lens; and
(F) a third lens that forms an image of the light beam emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing means;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
Between the optical path of the light emitted from one three-dimensional image display device and the optical path of the light emitted from the other three-dimensional image display device, at the time when these optical paths are first merged, at least 1 An image display device having an optical path interval. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) a one-dimensional spatial light modulator that generates a one-dimensional image; a scanning optical system that generates a two-dimensional image by two-dimensionally developing the one-dimensional image generated by the one-dimensional spatial light modulator; A two-dimensional image forming apparatus comprising a diffracted light generating means that is arranged on a generation surface of a dimensional image and generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each pixel;
(B) a first lens in which diffracted light generating means is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) a scattering diffraction limiting aperture that is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens and allows only diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order to pass;
(D) a second lens in which a scattering diffraction limiting aperture is disposed on the front focal plane;
(E) a light ray traveling direction changing unit that is arranged behind the second lens and changes the traveling direction of the light emitted from the second lens; and
(F) a third lens that forms an image of the light beam emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing means;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
Between the optical path of the light emitted from one three-dimensional image display device and the optical path of the light emitted from the other three-dimensional image display device, at the time when these optical paths are first merged, at least 1 An image display device having an optical path interval. A light source that emits light from a plurality of light emission positions arranged discretely, and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) A plurality of pixels, which are sequentially emitted from different light emission positions of the light source, modulate light with different incident directions by each pixel to generate a two-dimensional image, and a spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image A light modulating means for emitting light along a diffraction angle corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel, and
(B) A Fourier transform image in which the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means is Fourier transformed to generate a Fourier transform image of a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders, and the Fourier transform image is formed. Forming means,
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
Between the optical path of the light emitted from one three-dimensional image display device and the optical path of the light emitted from the other three-dimensional image display device, at the time when these optical paths are first merged, at least 1 An image display device having an optical path interval. A light source that emits light from a plurality of light emission positions arranged discretely, and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) It has openings arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions, and is sequentially emitted from different light emission positions of the light source, and controls the passage or reflection of light having different incident directions for each opening. A two-dimensional image forming apparatus that generates a two-dimensional image and generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each aperture based on the two-dimensional image,
(B) a first lens in which a two-dimensional image forming apparatus is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) a second lens whose front focal plane is located on the rear focal plane of the first lens; and
(D) a third lens whose front focal plane is located on the rear focal plane of the second lens;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
Between the optical path of the light emitted from one three-dimensional image display device and the optical path of the light emitted from the other three-dimensional image display device, at the time when these optical paths are first merged, at least 1 An image display device having an optical path interval.   The I × J three-dimensional image display devices are divided into a plurality of groups. The optical path of light emitted from one three-dimensional image display device belonging to one group and the other three belonging to the one group. The optical path of the light emitted from the two-dimensional image display device has an interval of at least one optical path when these optical paths are first merged. The image display device described. The optical path of the light emitted from the three-dimensional image display device belonging to one group and the optical path of the light emitted from the three-dimensional image display device belonging to another group are merged via the optical path coupling means,
15. The image display device according to claim 14, wherein the number of the optical path coupling means is (NG-1) when the number of groups of the three-dimensional image display device is NG. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) It has a plurality of pixels, the light from the light source is modulated by each pixel to generate a two-dimensional image, and the spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image corresponds to the plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel Light modulating means for emitting along the diffraction angle,
(B) Fourier transform image forming means for generating a Fourier transform image of a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders by Fourier transforming the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means;
(C) Fourier transform image selection means for selecting a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order among Fourier transform images generated in a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders, and
(D) conjugate image forming means for forming a conjugate image of the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selection means;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
An image display device in which light detection means for measuring the light intensity of light emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is disposed at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) P × Q apertures (where P and Q are arbitrary positive integers) arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions, and the passage and reflection of light from the light source Alternatively, a two-dimensional image is generated by controlling diffraction for each aperture, and based on the two-dimensional image, M sets (m-th to m′-th) from the m-th order along the X direction for each aperture. Where m and m ′ are integers, M is a positive integer), and N sets from the nth order to the n′th order along the Y direction (where n and n ′ are integers, N is A two-dimensional image forming apparatus that generates a total of M × N sets of diffracted light.
(B) a first lens in which a two-dimensional image forming apparatus is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) A spatial filter that is arranged on the rear focal plane of the first lens and has a total of M × N opening / closing controllable openings, M in the X direction and N in the Y direction. ,
(D) a second lens having a spatial filter disposed on its front focal plane, and
(E) a third lens whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the second lens;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
An image display device in which light detection means for measuring the light intensity of light emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is disposed at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) A one-dimensional spatial light modulator that has P pixels along the X direction and generates a one-dimensional image; two-dimensionally expands the one-dimensional image generated by the one-dimensional spatial light modulator; A scanning optical system for generating a two-dimensional image; and M sets from the m-th order to the m′-th order (where m and m ′ are integers) arranged on the generation surface of the two-dimensional image; , M is a positive integer) a two-dimensional image forming apparatus comprising diffracted light generating means for generating diffracted light,
(B) a first lens in which diffracted light generating means is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) Arranged on the rear focal plane of the first lens, M × N in the X direction and N in the Y direction (where N is a positive integer). A spatial filter having a controllable opening,
(D) a second lens having a spatial filter disposed on its front focal plane, and
(E) a third lens whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the second lens;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
An image display device in which light detection means for measuring the light intensity of light emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is disposed at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) It has a plurality of pixels, the light from the light source is modulated by each pixel to generate a two-dimensional image, and the spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image corresponds to the plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel Light modulating means for emitting along the diffraction angle,
(B) Fourier transform the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means to generate a number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the pixels, An image limiting / generating unit that selects only a predetermined Fourier transform image, and further performs inverse Fourier transform on the selected Fourier transform image to form a conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation unit,
(C) an oversampling filter having a plurality of aperture regions and emitting spatial frequencies in a conjugate image of a two-dimensional image along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the respective aperture regions;
(D) Fourier transform image formation in which the spatial frequency in the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image emitted from the oversampling filter is Fourier transformed to generate a number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the aperture regions. means,
(E) Fourier transform image selection means for selecting a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order among Fourier transform images generated in a number corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each aperture region; and
(F) conjugate image forming means for forming a conjugate image of the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selection means;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
An image display device in which light detection means for measuring the light intensity of light emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is disposed at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) It has openings arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions, and generates a two-dimensional image by controlling the passage, reflection, or diffraction of light from the light source for each opening, A two-dimensional image forming apparatus that generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each aperture based on the two-dimensional image;
(B) a first lens in which a two-dimensional image forming apparatus is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) a scattering diffraction limiting aperture that is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens and allows only diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order to pass;
(D) a second lens in which a scattering diffraction limiting aperture is disposed on the front focal plane;
(E) P _OSF × Q _OSF arranged on the rear focal plane of the second lens and arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions (where P _OSF and Q _OSF are arbitrary positive numbers) Of M) from the m-th order to the m′-th order along the X direction based on the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the second lens. (Where m and m ′ are integers, M is a positive integer), and N sets from the nth order to the n′th order along the Y direction (where n and n ′ are integers, N Is a positive integer), a sum, an oversampling filter that generates M × N sets of diffracted light,
(F) a third lens having an oversampling filter disposed on its front focal plane;
(G) A spatial filter that is arranged on the rear focal plane of the third lens and has a total of M × N opening / closing controllable openings, M in the X direction and N in the Y direction. ,
(H) a fourth lens having a spatial filter disposed on its front focal plane, and
(I) a fifth lens whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the fourth lens;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
An image display device in which light detection means for measuring the light intensity of light emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is disposed at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) a one-dimensional spatial light modulator that generates a one-dimensional image; a scanning optical system that generates a two-dimensional image by two-dimensionally developing the one-dimensional image generated by the one-dimensional spatial light modulator; A two-dimensional image forming apparatus comprising a diffracted light generating means that is arranged on a generation surface of a dimensional image and generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each pixel;
(B) a first lens in which diffracted light generating means is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) a scattering diffraction limiting aperture that is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens and allows only diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order to pass;
(D) a second lens in which a scattering diffraction limiting aperture is disposed on the front focal plane;
(E) P _OSF × Q _OSF arranged on the rear focal plane of the second lens and arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions (where P _OSF and Q _OSF are arbitrary positive numbers) Of M) from the m-th order to the m′-th order along the X direction based on the conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the second lens. (Where m and m ′ are integers, M is a positive integer), and N sets from the nth order to the n′th order along the Y direction (where n and n ′ are integers, N Is a positive integer), a sum, an oversampling filter that generates M × N sets of diffracted light,
(F) a third lens having an oversampling filter disposed on its front focal plane;
(G) A spatial filter that is arranged on the rear focal plane of the third lens and has a total of M × N opening / closing controllable openings, M in the X direction and N in the Y direction. ,
(H) a fourth lens having a spatial filter disposed on its front focal plane, and
(I) a fifth lens whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the fourth lens;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
An image display device in which light detection means for measuring the light intensity of light emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is disposed at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) a two-dimensional image forming apparatus having a plurality of pixels and generating a two-dimensional image based on light from a light source;
(B) An optical element having an optical power for refracting incident light and condensing it at approximately one point is arranged in a two-dimensional matrix, and has a function as a phase grating that modulates the phase of transmitted light; An optical device that emits spatial frequencies in an incident two-dimensional image along diffraction angles corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders;
(C) Fourier transform image forming means for generating a Fourier transform image having a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders by Fourier transforming a spatial frequency in a two-dimensional image emitted from the optical device;
(D) Fourier transform image selection means for selecting a Fourier transform image corresponding to a desired diffraction order among Fourier transform images generated in a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders, and
(E) conjugate image forming means for forming a conjugate image of the Fourier transform image selected by the Fourier transform image selection means;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
An image display device in which light detection means for measuring the light intensity of light emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is disposed at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) a two-dimensional image forming apparatus having a plurality of pixels and generating a two-dimensional image based on light from a light source;
(B) P _OD × Q _OD optical elements having an optical power that refracts incident light and collects it at approximately one point in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions (however, P _OD and Q _OD is an arbitrary positive integer) and has a function as a phase grating that modulates the phase of transmitted light. The spatial frequency in an incident two-dimensional image is changed to a diffraction angle corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders. An optical device that emits along,
(C) a first lens in which the focal point of the optical element constituting the optical device is located on the front focal plane;
(D) A spatial filter that is arranged on the rear focal plane of the first lens and has a total of M × N open / close controllable openings, M in the X direction and N in the Y direction. ,
(E) a second lens having a spatial filter disposed on its front focal plane, and
(F) a third lens whose front focal point is located at the rear focal point of the second lens;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
An image display device in which light detection means for measuring the light intensity of light emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is disposed at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) It has a plurality of pixels, the light from the light source is modulated by each pixel to generate a two-dimensional image, and the spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image corresponds to the plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel Light modulating means for emitting along the diffraction angle,
(B) Fourier transform the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means to generate a number of Fourier transform images corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from the pixels, An image limiting / generating unit that selects only a predetermined Fourier transform image, and further performs inverse Fourier transform on the selected Fourier transform image to form a conjugate image of the two-dimensional image generated by the light modulation unit,
(C) a light beam traveling direction changing unit that changes a traveling direction of a light beam emitted from the image limiting / generating unit, and
(D) Imaging means for forming an image of the light beam emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing means;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
An image display device in which light detection means for measuring the light intensity of light emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is disposed at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) It has openings arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions, and generates a two-dimensional image by controlling the passage, reflection, or diffraction of light from the light source for each opening, A two-dimensional image forming apparatus that generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each aperture based on the two-dimensional image;
(B) a first lens in which a two-dimensional image forming apparatus is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) a scattering diffraction limiting aperture that is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens and allows only diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order to pass;
(D) a second lens in which a scattering diffraction limiting aperture is disposed on the front focal plane;
(E) a light ray traveling direction changing unit that is arranged behind the second lens and changes the traveling direction of the light emitted from the second lens; and
(F) a third lens that forms an image of the light beam emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing means;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
An image display device in which light detection means for measuring the light intensity of light emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is disposed at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer. A light source and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) a one-dimensional spatial light modulator that generates a one-dimensional image; a scanning optical system that generates a two-dimensional image by two-dimensionally developing the one-dimensional image generated by the one-dimensional spatial light modulator; A two-dimensional image forming apparatus comprising a diffracted light generating means that is arranged on a generation surface of a dimensional image and generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each pixel;
(B) a first lens in which diffracted light generating means is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) a scattering diffraction limiting aperture that is disposed on the rear focal plane of the first lens and allows only diffracted light of a predetermined diffraction order to pass;
(D) a second lens in which a scattering diffraction limiting aperture is disposed on the front focal plane;
(E) a light ray traveling direction changing unit that is arranged behind the second lens and changes the traveling direction of the light emitted from the second lens; and
(F) a third lens that forms an image of the light beam emitted from the light beam traveling direction changing means;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
An image display device in which light detection means for measuring the light intensity of light emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is disposed at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer. A light source that emits light from a plurality of light emission positions arranged discretely, and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) A plurality of pixels, which are sequentially emitted from different light emission positions of the light source, modulate light with different incident directions by each pixel to generate a two-dimensional image, and a spatial frequency in the generated two-dimensional image A light modulating means for emitting light along a diffraction angle corresponding to a plurality of diffraction orders generated from each pixel, and
(B) A Fourier transform image in which the spatial frequency in the two-dimensional image emitted from the light modulation means is Fourier transformed to generate a Fourier transform image of a number corresponding to the plurality of diffraction orders, and the Fourier transform image is formed. Forming means,
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
An image display device in which light detection means for measuring the light intensity of light emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is disposed at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer. A light source that emits light from a plurality of light emission positions arranged discretely, and an optical system,
The optical system is
(A) It has openings arranged in a two-dimensional matrix along the X and Y directions, and is sequentially emitted from different light emission positions of the light source, and controls the passage or reflection of light having different incident directions for each opening. A two-dimensional image forming apparatus that generates a two-dimensional image and generates diffracted light of a plurality of diffraction orders for each aperture based on the two-dimensional image,
(B) a first lens in which a two-dimensional image forming apparatus is disposed on the front focal plane;
(C) a second lens whose front focal plane is located on the rear focal plane of the first lens; and
(D) a third lens whose front focal plane is located on the rear focal plane of the second lens;
An image display device having I × J units (where I ≧ 2, or J ≧ 2, or I ≧ 2 and J ≧ 2),
An image display device in which light detection means for measuring the light intensity of light emitted from each three-dimensional image display device is disposed at a position corresponding to the pupil position of the image observer.